‫‪ 

‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬

‫‪HV Transmission Lines for Electrical Power ‬‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺃﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺣﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪1 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺳﻡ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺣﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺣﻳﻡ‬

‫ﺭﺑﻧﺎ ﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﻣﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺃﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﻡ‬

‫ﺑﻔﺿﻝ ﻣﻥ ﷲ ﻭﺗﻭﻓﻳﻖ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺳﺑﺣﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﺗﻬﻳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻸﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻳﻧﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﺑﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﻪ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺎﻟﻭﺭﻳﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺷﻣﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺟﺳﺗﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺟﺳﺗﻳﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﺑﻥ ﺑﺄﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻧﺩﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﺟﻠﺗﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﺑﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﺕ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﻡ ﻣﺩﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﻪ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﺭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ ABB‬ﺍﻷﻟﻣﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻳﻙ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻟﺳﺗﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﺕ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻋﺷﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳﺎ ﺃﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ ﺑﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺭﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﻣﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﻟﻸﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﻗﻁﺭ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺷﺭﻓﺕ ﺑﺄﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺿﻝ ﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻛﺗﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻭﺗﻧﻰ ﺷﻛﺭﻯ ﻭﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭﻯ ﻟﻸﺳﺗﺎﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭﻩ ﺯﻭﺟﺗﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺿﻝ ﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺣﻔﻳﺯﻯ ﻭﺗﺷﺟﻳﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﺑﺩء ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﷲ ﺗﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﺧﺎﻟﺻﺎ ﻟﻭﺟﻪ ﷲ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺎ ﻟﻰ ﻭﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻳﻘﺭﺃﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﻳﺭ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻛﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪  .‬‬

‫ﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﻫﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻯء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺹ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩﻣﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺟﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻁﻠﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺻﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺭﺻﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻋﻳﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﺻﻼ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﻪ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻳﺳﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺻﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﻪ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪  .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻛﻧﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪2 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻣﻌﻁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪3 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻓﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫‪14 ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ‪ :‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬

‫‪42 ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬

‫‪66 ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬

‫‪92 ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬

‫‪111 ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﻪ‬

‫‪111 ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪4 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ) ‪( Chapter Contents ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪1‐1‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ‬ ‫‪1‐2‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪1‐3‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪1‐4‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪1‐5‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‬ ‫‪1‐6‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ‬ ‫‪1‐7‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪  subtransmission‬‬ ‫‪1‐8‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺧﺭﺝ ﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬ ‫‪  1‐9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬ ‫‪  1‐10‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬ ‫‪1‐11‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬ ‫‪  1‐12‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫‪  1‐13‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‬ ‫‪  1‐14‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪  1‐15‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  1‐16‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫‪  1‐17‬‬

‫‪5 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 1-1‬ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ Electric power transmission ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻭﻟﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻔﻳﺩﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺩ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻝ ﻁﻭﻣﺎﺱ ﺇﺩﺳﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﻧﺷﺄﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻳﻭﻳﻭﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﺳﻧﺔ ‪ 1882 ‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻭ ﺇﺿﻁﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ﻟﺗﻔﺳﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺑﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻛﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﻭﻥ ﺑﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﺟﺩ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺟﻼء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺗﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﻠﻙ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻌﺩ ﻣﺟﺩﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻻﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎ ﻹﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻁﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ‪ ‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻟﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺟﺩﺭ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺎﺣﺛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻠﻑ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﺭﻳﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﻧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺗﺣﻝ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻋﻠﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺎ ﺑﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻳﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺳﺑﻎ ﺍﻹﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ‪ stability‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻓﺗﺿﻔﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪. Electrical safety ‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1-1‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﺩﻓﻭﻧﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﻭﻋﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻓﺽ ‪Step-up, step-down transformers‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ‪ Substations‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪Line insulators‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻂ ‪Line protection system‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪Voltage regulators‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪1-1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 2-1‬ﻣﺤﻄﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﻮﺍﺭ‪ multi phases‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﻁﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ‪ three phases‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 110‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 760‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻁﺮﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻁﺮﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪6 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 1‐2‬ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﺃﺧﻑ ﻭﺯﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻫﺎﻣﺷﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻭﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﺃﻗﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻛﺛﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﺣﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﺗُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺃﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﺣﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻥ‪ mm2 12‬ﺃﻟﻰ‪ mm2  750‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﻭ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻧﺳﺑﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ‪) ‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ( ‪ . skin effect ‬ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-1‬ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺯﻣﺔ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻹﻛﻠﻳﻠﻲ‪ .Corona ‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 110‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪ 66‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻭ ‪ 33‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺁﻟﻳﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺗُﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﻔﻳﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 33‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﻭﻕ ‪ 765‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔً ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻣﺭﺍﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺣﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻛﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺷﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-1‬ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳﻪ‬

‫‪ 1‐3‬ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ً ﺃﻁﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪7 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻁﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫)ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﻳﺘًﺎ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳًﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺘﺮﻭﺟﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻮﺍء ﻓﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻋﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ‪ metallic screen‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺝ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻸﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻞ ) ‪ 80‬ﻛﻢ ( ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪ HVDC‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﻁﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪AC‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ DC‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ DC‬ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ AC‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ redundancy‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ )ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻣﻘﺑﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﺟﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻁﺭﺩﻳًﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﻛﻳﻠﭭﻥ ﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻧﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ﻛﻳﻠﭭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺳﻣ ًﻛﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ؛ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﻣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻭﻥ ‪Kelvin‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻝ ﻟﺳﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺩﺓ ﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ‪ HVDC‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻧﺳﺑﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺑﺭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳًﺎ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-4‬ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺭ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺇﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺎ ً )ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺟﻧﻭﺑﻲ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺧﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﺍﺋﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﻣﺗﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻬﻠﻛﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﻭﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺑﻁء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺑﺎﺳﻡ "ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ "‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻣﻪ ﻋﻣﻭ ًﻣﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﻧﺷﺂﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﻓﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺂﺕ ﻧﻭﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺣﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫"ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ" ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺗﻅﻝ ﺗﺿﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﺫﺭﻭﺓ" ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺻﻐﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺭﺑﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻐﺫﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻋﻥ ﺑُﻌﺩ )ﺑﻣﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﻠﻭﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ( ً‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺭﺩﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩﻳﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻧﻭﺍ ﺃﺭﺧﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺷﺗﺭﻱ ﻧﻳﻭﻳﻭﺭﻙ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻛﻧﺩﺍ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻟـ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ" ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ )ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻡ( ﺃﻥ ﺗﺟﻌﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﺣﻣﻼً ﻟﻸﺧﻁﺎء‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺭﺩﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪8 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﻭﻛﻧﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-5‬ﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻧﺳﺑﻳﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 2.3‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ‪115‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪765‬‬
‫ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪ ، AC‬ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ 230‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 230‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 500‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎءﺍﺕ ﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-6‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻋﺗﻣﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ‪ 765‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩﺭﻩ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ٪1.1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .٪0.5‬ﺧﻁ ‪ 345‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ﻳﺣﻣﻝ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪ . ٪ 4.2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﺑﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺎﻗﺽ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺔ )ﻛﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﺕ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻼء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺟﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻛﻪ ﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺽ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ‪ mutual inductance‬ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ self-capacitance‬ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ "ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻝ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺟﻧﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻧﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻗﻭﺓ "ﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ" ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺩﺍ ً ﻭﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﻷ ﺇﻥ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ "ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ" )ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳﺔ" )ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ( ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻁﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻁﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻷﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﻭﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ؛ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻭﺽ ‪VAR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ‪ AC‬ﻣﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻊ )‪ (FACTS‬ﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻟﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﺗﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﺟﺗﻣﻌﺔ "ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ‪”.‬‬

‫‪ 1-7‬ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ )‪(Transposition‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﻳﺣﻳﻁ ﺑﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺽ‬
‫‪ inductance‬ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ‪ mutual inductance‬ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺟﺯﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺩﻱ ‪ physical orientation‬ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﻣﺩﻣﺟﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻔﺻﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﺑﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻳﻳﻥ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺽ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻁ ﻭﺳﻁ ﻳﺣﻣﻝ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺣﻣﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻁﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺭﻯ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﺗًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻭﻗﻑ ﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺷﻬﺩﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺙ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺻﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺔ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﺧﺻﻳ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ‪.Transposition‬‬

‫‪9 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ Subtransmission 1-8‬ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻧﺳﺑﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻭﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺣﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎء‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Ring system‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‬
‫ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-9‬ﺧﺭﺝ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻟـ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻛﻧﻳﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪ 33‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 132‬ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ( ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ )‪ 3.3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪2.5‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻳﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ )ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻛﻳﻠﻭ ﻓﻭﻟﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻳﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-10‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺃﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬

‫ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺑﺧﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪resistive losses‬ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺭﺟﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻳﺔ ‪.operational cost saving‬‬

‫ﺃﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪ً 50‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻼ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪ line impedance‬ﻓﻘﻁ ‪ ،Z‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﺎﻫﻝ ‪.C‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬

‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ 50‬ﻭ ‪ً 150‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻼ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ‪ line impedance‬ﻭ‪) line capacitance‬ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺭﺏ ‪ ، (capacitive current‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﺻﻑ‬
‫‪ line capacitance‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺳﻁﺭ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺑًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ )‪ “ ‘((pi‬ﺑﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺭﻣﺯﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ) ‪(π‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﺻﻑ ‪ line capacitance‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻝ‬

‫ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪150‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻳﻼ‪ .‬ﺗُﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻳﺔ ﻭ ‪ line capacitance‬ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻭﺯﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺑﻭﻝ ﺳﻌﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-11‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ )‪ (HVDC‬ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ‪ .asynchronous grids‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻠﺣﻭﻅﺔ ‪ appreciable‬ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋﺭ ﺃﻷﻗﻝ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻭﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﻟﺧﻁ ‪DC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻁ ‪ Converter stations‬ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪10 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪ HVDC‬ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺳﻌﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺑًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ HVDC‬ﺍﻟﻐﻭﺍﺻﺔ ﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻁ ‪ HVDC‬ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻁﺭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ,‬ﺳﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻸﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻝ ‪ .fall out of step‬ﻭ ً‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁ ‪ DC‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻁ ﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻁﺎﻗﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺳﺗﻘﺭ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺣﺩ ﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁ ‪DC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﻧﻰ ﻟﺧﻁ ‪ HVDC‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪HVDC‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﻟـﻠﻧﻘﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ‪ HVDC‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ AC‬ﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪1-12‬ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ) ‪(TL capacity‬‬

‫ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺧﻁ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺩًﺍ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻓﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻭﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﺗﻣﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪ sag‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻳﺏ ﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﺑﻘﻰ ﺿﻳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ‪series‬‬
‫‪ capacitance‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺭﻙ ‪ phase shifting transformer‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﻭ ‪ .Stability‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻣﻘﻳﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣﻳﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻖ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺣﻝ ﻭﺳﻁ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺩ ﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯﻋﺔ )‪ (Distributed Transmission Sensor DTS‬ﺍﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻳﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻛﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﺩﻣﺟﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺣﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ )‪. (OPPC‬‬

‫)‪(DCR‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳُﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪Real Time Thermal‬‬
‫‪ Rating RTTR‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﺅ ﺑﺳﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-13‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬

‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻤﺎﻝ‪ ,‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ redundancy‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﻪ ‪ Reliability‬ﻭ ‪load‬‬
‫‪ factor‬ﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪11 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 1-14‬ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ‪Load balancing‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺟﺪًﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺮﺩ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻅﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪﺍﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ً ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﺂﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺭﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺎ ً ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺑﻄﻴﺌًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻻﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-15‬ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫ﻳﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺷﻐﻠﻭ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻭﺛﻭﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ‪ control‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻁ ﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺗﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻲ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻧﺷﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﻠﺔ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻧﺎﻗﻝ ﻣﺷﺗﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺎﺱ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ً‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Microwaves‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Power-line communication‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Optical fibers‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ‪ pilot wires‬ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺧﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺄﺟﺭﺓ ‪ leased circuits‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﻟﺳﻳﻁﺭﺓ ﻣﺅﺳﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﻰ ﻧﺎﻗﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ PLC Power Line Carrier‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ PLC‬ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪12 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻲ ‪ .‬ﺗُﻌﺭﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﺄﺳﻡ ﺳﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻲ )”‪ .(“OPGW‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻡ ﺑﺫﺍﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﺩﻋﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﻌﺎﺯﻝ ) ‪( ADSS‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻔﺭﻭﻉ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪1-16‬ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻣﻠﺕ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺟﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﺵ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻷﻣﺭﺍﺽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻁﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺩﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺟﺭﻳﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1997‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻡ ﻣﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻳﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺧﻁﺭ ﻣﺗﺯﺍﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺷﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﺭﺍ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻗﺗﺭﺍﺡ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ً ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻋﻣﻭﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ( ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺑًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺗﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻟﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﺗﺣﻳﻝ ﻁﺎﻟﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1-17‬ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬

‫ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺳﻛﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪ AC‬ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻁﻭﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﺳﺎ ﻭ ﺃﻟﻣﺎﻧﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻭﻳﺳﺭﺍ ( ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ .16 Hz‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺭﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 50‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﻟﻺﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ؛ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻳﺩ ﻟﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ 16 HZ‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺭ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺟﺯء‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ )‪ (SWER‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺭ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻟﻸﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺿﺧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻋﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻝ ‪ HVDC‬ﻋﺑﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﻧﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﺫﻥ‬
‫ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪13 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫‪HV Overhead Transmission Lines for Electrical Power‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ) ‪( Chapter Contents ‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪2‐1‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪2‐2‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬ ‫‪2‐3‬‬

‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐1‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬

‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐1‐1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫‪  19‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐1‐2‬ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐1‐3‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‐1‬ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‐2‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‐3‬ﺍﻟﻭﻣﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‐4‬ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‐5‬ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐2‐6‬ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪2‐3‐3‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐3‐1‬ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‬ ‫‪2‐3‐3‐2‬‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪   2‐3‐3‐3‬ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪ 2‐3‐3‐4‬ﺧﺎﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪ 2‐3‐3‐5‬ﻛﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬ ‫‪  2‐4‬‬
‫‪38‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪  2‐4‐1‬‬
‫‪  39‬‬ ‫ﺗﺩﺣﺭﺝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  2‐4‐2‬‬
‫‪  39‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻛﻳﺔ ﺧﻁﻭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬ ‫‪  2‐4‐3‬‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  2‐5‬‬

‫‪14 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 2-1‬ﻣﻘﺩﻣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬

‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺗﻭﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﻬﻳﺩﺍ ﻟﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﻬﻠﻛﻳﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻬﺩ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﻥ ‪ 66‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ 400‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻣﺻﺭ ﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﻥ ‪ 66‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺭﻯ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪132‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻌﻳﺩ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ 220‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻛﻧﺩﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ‪ 500‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ‪ 950‬ﻛﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 1-2‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ‪ 330‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻭﺧﻁ ‪ 115‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 1-2‬ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ‪ 330‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻭﺧﻁ ‪ 115‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‬

‫‪15 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Classification of transmission lines ‫ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬2-2 

operating voltage ‫ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬-1

:‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ‬

 High voltage (HV; subtransmission less than 100 kV; subtransmission or

transmission at voltages such as 115 kV and 138 kV), used for sub-
transmission and transmission of bulk quantities of electric power and
connection to very large consumers.
 Extra high voltage (EHV; transmission) – from 345 kV, up to about 800 kV, used
for long distance, very high-power transmission.
 Ultra high voltage (UHV) – higher than 800 kV. The Financial Times reported
UHV lines are a “game changer”, making a global electricity grid potentially
feasible. State Grid said that compared to conventional lines, UHV enables the
transmission of five times more power, over six times the distance.

‫ﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬

:‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬ 
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ‬ 

:‫ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‬

L= length (KM), KVA= transmitted power, E = line voltage

By length of the line ‫ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬-2

.‫ ﻛﻡ‬60 ‫ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ‬ 

.‫ ﻛﻡ‬80 ‫ ﻛﻡ ﻭﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ‬250 ‫ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻫﻭ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ‬ 
‫ ﻛﻡ‬250 ‫ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭﻣﻥ‬ 

.‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﻫﻭ ﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺑﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬

‫ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬2-3

:2-2 ‫ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺧﻁ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﻧﻅﻡ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ‬Towers ‫ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ‬ .1

Insulators ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬ .2
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬ .3
:‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ‬ .4

16 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻛﻝ ﺑﺭﺝ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻭﺣﻪ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 2-2‬ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ‬

‫‪ 2-3-1‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ‪Towers‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ‪ Tower/ Pylons‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺝ ﺧﻁ ﻭﺑﺭﺝ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﻭﺑﺭﺝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺭﺝ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﺔ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺭﺝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪ .‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯﻝ ﻭﺃﻯ ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺩﻣﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺳﺭ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻷﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺗﻌﺩﺕ ‪ 765‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪17 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 2-3-1-1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪ sag‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻫﺑﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ﻧﻣﺎﺯﺝ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪:‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺑﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻠﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ‪ span‬ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﻭﻁﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﺩﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ‪ sag‬ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺷﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻖ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺟﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪18 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺗﻘﺩﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .3-2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻛﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﻳﺩ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻛﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-2‬ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻗﺭﺏ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ‬

‫‪ 2-3-1-2‬ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ‪Circuits‬‬

‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﻩ ﻳﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﻩ ‪ single phase‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫‪.three-phase system‬‬

‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻳﺣﻣﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ‪ ,three-phase system‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪ ,HVDC‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-2‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﺷﻛﺎﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﻟﻣﺎﻧﻳﺎ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ‪ 100‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﺳﺩﺍﺳﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ double circuit transmission lines‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺻﻌﺑﻪ ﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻗﺭﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪19 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

A single-circuit 330 kV line

A double‐circuit 35 kV line

Parallel single‐circuit lines

Six circuits of three different types

4-2 ‫ﺷﻛﻝ‬

20 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 2-3-1-3‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ‪Suspension Tower‬‬

‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,5-2‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺷﺩ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻗﻭﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺩ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﻩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﺫﺍ ﺳﻘﻁ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻓﺳﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺭﺝ ﺷﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻋﺷﺭﺓ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ‪ %80‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 5-2‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‬

‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺷﺩ ‪Tension Tower‬‬

‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﺑﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺑﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻠﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻋﺷﺭﺓ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 6-2‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺭﺝ ﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻛﺄﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻭﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﺑﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 6-2‬ﺑﺭﺝ ﺷﺩ‬

‫‪21 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺝ‪-‬ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ‪Transposition Tower‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻛﻰ ﺗﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ‪ inductance‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ‪ capacitance‬ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Phase A‬ﻟﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 8-2‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺑﺭﺝ ﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2 ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ‪Insulators‬‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,7-2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺩﻋﻡ ‪ support‬ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺟﺋﻪ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ‪ .switching and lightning‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻑ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ‪ ,pin-type‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‬
‫‪ suspension type‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻯ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﺑﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ‪ unit insulator disks‬ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻣﺩﻯ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺑﻳﺋﻳﻪ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪ .longer creepage distance for leakage current‬ﻭ‪ creepage distance‬ﻫﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻟﻠﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ‪ flashover‬ﻷﻁﻔﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻓﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﻁﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺭﺳﻠﻳﻥ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻁﺑﻘﻪ ﺷﺑﻪ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺑﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻌﻳﻑ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻘﻪ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-2‬‬

‫‪Modular suspension insulators are used for high-voltage lines. The objects attached‬‬
‫‪to the conductors near the bottom of the insulator are Stockbridge dampers.‬‬

‫‪22 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 8-2‬ﺑﺭﺝ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2‐1‬ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ‬

‫ﺃ‪-‬ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ‪ ,cap & pin type insulator‬ﻭﻳﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺭﺳﻠﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺃﻯ ﻁﺑﻖ ﺗﺎﻟﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻷﻯ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‪ .‬ﺷﻛﻝ ‪,9-2‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪-‬ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ ‪ , long rod insulator‬ﻭﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺭﺳﻠﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻠﻳﻛﻭﻧﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺷﻧﺞ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 10-2‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪23 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  cap & pin insulator 9-2‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  long rod pin insulator 10-2‬‬

‫‪24 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺝ‪-‬ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺭ ‪ Pin Type Insulator‬ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﻪ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 33‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.11-2‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  pin type insulator 11-2‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻅﻠﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻟﻣﻅﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪ equi‐potential lines‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  .12-2‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪equi‐potential lines 12-2‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2‐2‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬

‫ﺃ‪-‬ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺭﺳﻠﻳﻥ ﻭﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﻌﺎﺯﻟﻳﻪ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺗﺻﻝ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻬﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ 60 KV/cm‬ﻭﻳﺗﺣﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ‪ , 5000 Kg/cm2‬ﻭﻳﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺷﺩ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ .500 Kg/cm2‬ﻭﻳﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺭﺳﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫‪.cap & pin type, long rod type‬‬

‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺟﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 13-2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻝ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﺯﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ , 140 KV/cm‬ﻭﻳﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ , 10000 Kg/cm2‬ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺷﺩ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ .500 Kg/cm2‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺭﺧﺹ ﻭﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻋﻣﺭﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻭﺭﺳﻠﻳﻥ ﻭﻳﻣﺗﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻣﺩﺩﻩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻭﺃﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻛﺳﺭ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻓﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺟﺎﺝ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ‪ . cap & pin type insulator‬ﻭﻳﻘﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺑﻪ ﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻛﺛﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻁﺣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪25 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

‫ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻳﻪ‬13-2 ‫ﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ ﻭﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁ ﻭﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ‬,polymer insulators ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﻪ‬-‫ﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺯﻟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺻﻌﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
.14-2 ‫ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬Long rod insulator ‫ ﻭﻳﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬.‫ ﻭﻳﻣﺗﺎﺯ ﺑﺧﻔﺔ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬

‫ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﻪ‬14-2 ‫ﺷﻛﻝ‬

Insulators are usually made of wet-process porcelain or toughened glass. However,

with rising voltage levels, polymer insulators (silicone rubber based) are seeing
increasing usage. China has already developed polymer insulators having a highest
system voltage of 1100 kV and India is currently developing a 1200 kV (highest
system voltage) line which will initially be charged with 400 kV to be upgraded to a
1200 kV line.

Polymer insulators by nature have hydrophobic characteristics providing for improved

wet performance. Also, studies have shown that the specific creepage distance
required in polymer insulators is much lower than that required in porcelain or glass.
Additionally, the mass of polymer insulators (especially in higher voltages) is
approximately 50% to 30% less than that of a comparative porcelain or glass string.
Better pollution and wet performance is leading to the increased use of such insulators.

26 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2‐3‬ﺍﻟﻭﻣﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ‪  Flashover‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻰ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺫﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﺑﺑﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻁﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺷﺄ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻭﺻﻼ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻭﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻫﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺷﺭﻭﺥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺅﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻟﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Creepage distance‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻗﺻﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﻠﻛﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻧﻬﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺭﻑ‬
‫‪ ,Clearance distance‬ﻭﻳﻘﺻﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﺻﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻣﻧﻪ ﺗﻣﻧﻊ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ‪ .Arc‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .15-2‬ﻭﻳﻌﺑﺭﻋﻥ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ,cm/KV creepage distance‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﻁﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻟﺣﺎﻕ ﺿﺭﺭ ﺑﺳﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 15-2‬ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺣﻑ‬

‫ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻭﺛﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ‪ . flashover‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺗﻁﻭﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎء ﻣﻘﻁﺭ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺛﻪ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻣﻌﻳﻪ ﻳﺩﻫﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺛﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﻋﻣﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻘﻁﻊ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺑﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2‐4‬ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪27 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻧﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻧﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺛﻼ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ‪ ,lightening ‬ﻓﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ Rod gap‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ , 16-2‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺟﺄﻩ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺷﺣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ‪ Rod gap‬ﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻧﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺣﻣﻳﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Rod gap‬ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﻪ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Rod gap 16-2‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2‐5‬ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺄﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﺍﻟﻣﺷﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺷﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‪ . 30 KV/cm ‬ﻭﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﺗﻌﻁﻰ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻷﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻝ ﺳﻭﺍء ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻳﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪  .‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,17-2‬ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻛﻭﻣﻳﺽ ﻻﻣﻊ ﻣﺎﺋﻝ ﻟﻠﺯﺭﻗﻪ ﻣﺻﺣﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﺯﻳﺯ ﻭﺃﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺳﻣﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺋﻰ ‪ .Partial discharge‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 17-2‬ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ‬

‫‪28 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺟﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻗﻝ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ Bundled Conductors‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺳﻳﺄﺗﻰ ﺷﺭﺣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪  .‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ,‬ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ‪  .‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺳﻣﻳﻪ ‪  .voltage gradient‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ ‪ ,Corona rings‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,18-2‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪  .‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪  .Corona rings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 18-2‬ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐2‐6‬ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻻ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ‪ ‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.19-2‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻭﺯﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻁﺑﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻠﻳﻪ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺝ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ‪ stray/ shunt capacitors C1‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .19-2‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻼﺧﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻁﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﻣﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺑﻌﺩ ﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪29 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 19-2‬ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‬

‫ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ ﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ‪ ,string efficiency‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ n‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻯ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ‪  .‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁ ﺟﻬﺩ ‪ 33‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻁﺑﻖ ‪ C‬ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ‪ shunt capacitor‬ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ‪ 0.11C‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪30 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ‪ Guard Rings‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ , 20-2‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﻧﺷﻰء ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻐﻰ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ‪ .Shunt Capacitors‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﺣﺳﻥ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  20-2‬‬

‫‪31 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺑﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻝ ‪ Capacitance‬ﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻝ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﻧﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ‪ Self‐Capacitance‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐3‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪Conductors‬‬

‫ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻭﻯ ﺑﺄﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ‪ ACSR‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺳﻳﻪ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻟﻠﻣﺷﺗﺭﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-2‬ﺃ ﻭ ‪ 21-2‬ﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪ ,‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺟﺩﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﻭﻓﻪ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺻﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﻠﻪ ﻁﺑﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺩﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺣﻠﺯﻭﻧﻳﻪ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻝ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﻷﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻁﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺗﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺩﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﻪ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ‪ skin effect‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﻪ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺩﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ‪ ,‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻣﺕ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺭﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺳﺑﻳﻛﺔ ﺃﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ‪ .AAAC‬ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺎﺱ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺻﻐﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ‪ catenary‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ‪ .‬ﺃﻟﺗﺭﻫﻝ ‪ sag‬ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻳﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻁﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻰ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﺎﻓﻳﻪ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﻪ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ‪ . safety‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻭﻣﺩﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻳﻧﺣﻘﻖ ﻓﻳﻬﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻫﻡ‬
‫‪.ACCR and ACCC conductor‬‬

‫‪ACCC conductor uses a carbon and glass fiber core that offers a coefficient of thermal‬‬
‫‪expansion about 1/10 of that of steel. While the composite core is nonconductive, it is‬‬
‫‪substantially lighter and stronger than steel, which allows the incorporation of 28% more‬‬
‫‪aluminum (using compact trapezoidal-shaped strands) without any diameter or weight penalty.‬‬
‫‪The added aluminum content helps reduce line losses by 25 to 40% compared to other‬‬
‫‪conductors of the same diameter and weight, depending upon electric current. The carbon core‬‬
‫)”‪conductor’s reduced thermal sag allows it to carry up to twice the current (“ampacity‬‬
‫‪compared to all-aluminum conductor (AAC) or ACSR.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪Conventional ACSR (left) and modern carbon core (right) conductors‬‬
‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 21-2‬ﺃ‬

‫‪32 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪Sample cross‐section of ACSR power line‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 21-2‬ﺏ ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻣﻭﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺗﺧﺿﻊ ﻟﻸﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ‪ conductivity‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ mechanical strength‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﻧﻪ ‪ Modulus of elasticity‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ heat of expansion coefficient‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐3‐1‬ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ‪Bundle conductors‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ‪ .high voltage transmission‬ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ‪ 132‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﻳﻁﺭﺡ ‪ poses‬ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ ‪ corona discharge‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ‪.interference with communication circuits‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﺿﻝ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﻪ ﻭﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺗﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ‪ skin effect‬ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,22-2‬ﻫﻰ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻭﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ‪ 765‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﺭ ‪.magnetic forces during a short circuit‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﺝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ‪ voltage gradient‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪.vicinity of the line‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ‪ corona discharge‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﺝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ‬

‫‪33 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺗﺄﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍء ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﺗﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺧﻔﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻭﺗﺗﺣﺳﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ‪.corona discharge‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺅﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻳﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ‪ skin effect‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ‪ reactance‬ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻓﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩﻝ ﺃﺻﻌﺏ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪A bundle conductor‬‬

‫‪  Bundle conductor attachment‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪22-2‬‬

‫‪ 2‐3‐3‐2 ‬ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ‪Ground wire‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺯﻭﻳﺩ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺳﻠﻙ ﺃﺭﺿﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻳﺭﻛﺏ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺑﺭﺝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺩﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺅﺭﺿﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪ .‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﻳﻥ ﻟﻸﺭﺿﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪Shield wires on transmission lines may include optical fibers (optical ground‬‬
‫‪wires/OPGW), used for communication and control of the power system.‬‬

‫‪34 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,23-2‬ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪ HVDC‬ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺧﻁ ﺃﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺄﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ HVDC system‬ﻷﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻛﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻷﻧﻅﻣﺔ ‪ PLC-radio‬ﻭﻳﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2-3-3-3‬ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ‪Single Wire Transmission Line‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﺎﺯ‪ single phase‬ﻭﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ )‪ Single‐wire earth return (SWER‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻛﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺃﺧﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ .Neutral line‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ‪ HVDC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺿﺑﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ‪ isolating transformer‬ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 300‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‪.‬ﺃ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻭﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺧﻁ ‪ 22‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 33‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ‪ 12.7‬ﺃﻭ ‪19.1‬‬
‫ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺑﻌﺯﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺻﺩﻣﻪ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﺗﺅﻛﺩ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 10-5‬ﺃﻭﻡ ﻭﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 20‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪/‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺻﺩﻣﻪ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻫﻭ ﻗﺿﻳﺏ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﺻﻠﺏ ﻣﻐﻁﻰ ﺑﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﺣﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻓﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﺭﺃﺳﻳﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻧﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻳﻭﺯﺍﺕ ‪ HRC‬ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ HV side‬ﻟﻠﻣﺣﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪Many high-voltage direct current systems (HVDC) using submarine power cables are single wire earth‬‬
‫‪return systems. Bipolar systems with both positive and negative cables may also retain a seawater‬‬
‫‪grounding electrode, used when one pole has failed. To avoid electrochemical corrosion, the ground‬‬
‫‪electrodes of such systems are situated apart from the converter stations and not near the transmission‬‬
‫‪cable.‬‬

‫‪The electrodes can be situated in the sea or on land. Bare copper wires can be used for cathodes, and‬‬
‫‪graphite rods buried in the ground, or titanium grids in the sea are used for anodes. To avoid‬‬
‫‪electrochemical corrosion (and passivation of titanium surfaces) the current density at the surface of‬‬
‫‪the electrodes must be small, and therefore large electrodes are required‬‬

‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ‪Insulated conductors and cable‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻡ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺃﻗﻝ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻣﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻣﺣﻳﻁﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪.underground riser/pothead, and on reclosers‬‬

‫‪35 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪HVDC Fenno-Skan with ground wires used as electrode line‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  23-2‬‬

‫‪ 2-3-3-4‬ﺧﺎﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ‪Dampers‬‬

‫ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ aeroelastic flutter and “galloping” oscillations‬ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﻭ‬
‫‪ Stockbridge damper‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.24-2‬‬

‫‪A Stockbridge damper‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪24-2‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺧﺎﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 25-2‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻗﺻﻳﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 11‬ﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺃﺛﻘﺎﻝ ﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ,12‬ﻭﻁﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﻪ ﻣﺻﻣﻣﻪ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺳﺗﻧﻔﺫ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﺎﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﺟﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪36 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  Dampers 25-2‬‬

‫‪ 2-3-3-5‬ﻛﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﻳﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻅﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻖ ﻁﺎﺋﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﻳﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﻼﻣﺱ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺻﻁﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺎﺋﺭﻩ ﺑﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺎﻋﻘﻪ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺿﻰء ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 26-2‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺷﻣﺳﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ‪ LEDs‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ‪ flashing‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻳﻝ ﻭﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻩ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 60‬ﺳﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪  warning ball and flash 26-2‬‬

‫‪ 2-4‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ )‪High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC‬‬

‫ﻣﻧﻅﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,27-2‬ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻧﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻛﻔﺎءﻩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ )ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ‪ (Skin effect‬ﻭﻣﺗﺎﺣﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻧﻔﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﻪ ﻷﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ reactive compensation‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪More efficient: Over long distances, HVDC transmission can move more‬‬
‫‪power with less electrical losses than an equivalent AC transmission line.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Lower Cost: Higher efficiency means a lower transmission cost, helping‬‬
‫‪renewable energy compete against other power sources.‬‬

‫‪37 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Improved Reliability: HVDC transmission can enhance system stability,‬‬

‫‪allow the operator complete control over power flow, and facilitate the‬‬
‫‪integration of wind from different resource areas.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Smaller Footprint: HVDC transmission lines require narrower right-of-way‬‬
‫‪footprints, using less land, than equivalent AC lines.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 27-2‬ﻣﻧﻅﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 2-4-1‬ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ‪use of underline area‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺟﺩﺍ‪ ,‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﺗﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪energized‬‬
‫‪ .conductors‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺫﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ ‪ shed ice‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﺷﺄ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺃﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺿﻌﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺃ﷼ ﺍﻷﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ‪.partial discharge at insulators‬‬

‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻭﺍﻛﺱ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﻟﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻳﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﻪ ‪ wilderness areas‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﺋﻳﻪ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺳﻳﻧﺷﺄ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻁﻬﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻏﺎﻝ ‪ ,bush clearing‬ﺗﻐﻳﺭ‬

‫‪38 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺟﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﺟﺭﻩ ‪ migratory animals‬ﻭﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺭﺳﻪ ‪ predators‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2-4-2‬ﺗﺪﺣﺮﺝ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﻪ )‪Wheeling (electric power transmission‬‬

‫‪ wheeling‬ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻧﻭﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪ wheeling‬ﻭﻫﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ Wheeling‬ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻭﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻥ ‪ Balancing Authority‬ﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺗﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺭﺳﻭﻡ ﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2-4-3‬ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ‪Transmission ownership‬‬

‫ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ‪ utilities‬ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﻣﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﻣﻭﺭﺩﻳﻥ ﺑﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺟﺯﺋﻪ‬
‫‪ .retail providers‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻋﺎﺋﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺗﺛﻣﺎﺭ‪ ,‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﺄﺳﻳﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻣﻰ‬
‫)‪ transmission revenue requirement (TRR‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ‬
‫‪ Federal Energy Regulatory Commission‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪The TRR is paid through transmission access charges (TACs), load-weighted fees‬‬
‫‪charged to internal load and energy exports for use of the transmission facilities. The‬‬
‫‪energy export fee is often referred to as a wheeling charge. When wheeling-through,‬‬
‫‪the transmission access charge only applies to the exported amount.‬‬

‫‪A wheeling charge is a currency per megawatt-hour amount that a transmission owner‬‬
‫‪receives for the use of its system to export energy.‬‬

‫‪The fee associated with wheeling is referred to as a “wheeling charge.” This is an‬‬
‫‪amount in $/MWh which transmission owner recovers for the use of its system. If the‬‬
‫‪resource entity must go through multiple [transmission owner]s, it may be charged a‬‬
‫‪wheeling charge for each one.‬‬

‫‪ 2-5‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻼﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Radio frequency radiation test‬‬

‫‪39 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪-1‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻬﻳﻛﻝ ‪Structure Earth Resistance Test‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ‪ .OHEW/OPGW‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺣﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﺭﺿﻰ ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪-2‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ‪Phase Continuity Test‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻣﺗﻁﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪-3‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ‪Insulation Resistance Test‬‬

‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻳﺟﺭ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻗﺻﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪..‬‬

‫‪-4‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻥ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ‪Earth Current Injection Test‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻘﻥ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻟﻣﺣﻁﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪-5‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ‪OPGW‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ‪ OPGW‬ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻳﻪ ‪ Optical fibers‬ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﻰ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ )‪ Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺄﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫‪1310‬ﻭ ‪ 1550‬ﻭ ‪ 1625‬ﻧﺎﻧﻭﻣﻳﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ‪ OTDR‬ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ 1625‬ﻧﺎﻧﻭﻣﻳﺗﺭ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺣﻧﺎءﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻯ ﻧﻘﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ‪ OPGW and Splice‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﻣﺣﻼﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪0.1 DB‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﻝ ‪ 1550‬ﻧﺎﻧﻭﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺿﻣﺣﻼﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺿﻭء ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺿﻭء ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪40 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﻪ ‪Drum Test‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻛﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﻗﻊ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺟﺭﺍء ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺿﻣﺣﻼﻝ ‪ Attenuation‬ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ .Continuity‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ‪ OTDR‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺯﻝ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺭﻩ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺏ ‪ Heat shrink end cap‬ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺃﻯ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻭﺍﺋﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ ‪Span test‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺗﺟﺎﻫﻳﻥ ﻝ‪ OTDR‬ﺑﺄﺣﺩ ﺃﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻯ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻼﺟﻬﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺻﻖ ‪Splice Test‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺿﻧﺣﻼﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺭﺑﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﺟﺎﻫﻳﻥ ﺑﺄﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﺎﺕ ‪ 1310‬ﻭ ‪ 1550‬ﻭ‪ 1625‬ﻧﺎﻧﻭﻣﻳﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻟﻸﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭﻳﻪ ‪ Final Acceptance Test‬ﻭﻓﻳﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺿﻣﺣﻼﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺷﺗﻣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪Radio Frequency Radiation Test -6‬‬

‫‪41 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫‪Transmission Lines Parameters and Problems‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ) ‪( Chapter Contents ‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪Transmission Line Parameters‬‬ ‫‪3‐1‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‬ ‫‪  3‐1‐1‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‬ ‫‪3‐1‐2‬‬

‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‬ ‫‪3‐1‐3‬‬

‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪  3‐2‬‬

‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪  3‐2‐1‬‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪  3‐2‐2‬‬
‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪  3‐2‐3‬‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪  3‐3‬‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫‪Ferranti Effect‬‬ ‫‪  3‐3‐1‬‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﺭ‬ ‫‪  3‐3‐2‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‬ ‫‪  3‐3‐3‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫)‪Surge Impedance Loading (SIL‬‬ ‫‪  3‐4‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪  3‐5‬‬
‫‪56‬‬ ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪3‐6‬‬
‫‪56‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ‬ ‫‪3‐6‐1‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﻪ‬ ‫‪3‐6‐2‬‬
‫‪59‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﻝ ‪STATCOM‬‬ ‫‪3‐6‐3‬‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬ ‫‪  3‐7‬‬
‫‪63‬‬ ‫ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪  3‐8‬‬
‫‪64‬‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪  3‐9‬‬

‫‪42 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪Transmission Line Parameters 3-1‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ‪ Resistance‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ‪ Inductance‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﻳﻪ ‪Capacitance‬‬

‫) ‪ ( R, L, C‬ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻪ ﺑﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻭ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻷﺟﺭﺍء ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻼﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ﺳﻧﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-1-1‬ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ‪ 𝐼 R‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺗﻣﺩﺩﻩ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻫﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪ .Sag‬ﻭﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪ ,Thermal limit of conductor‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻧﻛﻣﺵ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻳﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ .%2‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ‪ skin effect‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺣﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻭﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ 𝑋‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Inductance‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﻬﻡ ﻟﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻘﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ 𝑋 ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ .skin effect‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﺗﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻁﺭﺩﻳﺎ ﻭﺧﻁﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ 3-1-2‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪Inductance L‬‬

‫𝑋 ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺻﺣﻭﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪ L‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻣﻳﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪𝜔 L‬‬
‫ﺑﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻪ ﻓﻳﺽ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻭﻳﻧﺷﺄ ﻋﻧﻪ ‪emf‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺳﻪ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ ,‬ﻓﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻻ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻳﻪ ‪self-‬‬
‫‪Ø‬‬
‫‪ .inductance‬ﻭﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ =‪.L‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻭﺍﺯﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺯﻳﻪ ﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ‪ .mutual inductance‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺓ ‪ .Hennery H‬ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,1-3‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻑ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﻭﻳﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻟﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﻭ‪ L‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ 𝐼‪ .W=1/2 L‬ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ W‬ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪43 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ‪self and mutual inductance 1-3‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ active power‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ , 2-3‬ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻬﻣﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ R‬ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪:lossless line‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-3‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ‪ V1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ ẟ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ‪ power angle‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺗﺯﺍﻥ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-3‬ﻟﻭ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ‪ ẟ‬ﻋﻥ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺄﻧﻘﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ X‬ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳﻪ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ‪ . Bundle conductors‬ﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ẟ‬ﺑﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺑﻳﻧﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪44 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-3‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺧﺫ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻳﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺗﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ) ‪ (𝐼 Rt‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﺩﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Reactive Power‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺧﺯﻥ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﻟﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻭﺗﺭﺩ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻟﺏ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺻﻭﺭﻩ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ ,L‬ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺷﻰء ﻣﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-1-3‬ﺳﻌﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪Line Capacitance‬‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﻭﻟﺩ ﻣﺟﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺎ ‪ .magnetic field‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﻳﻥ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻭﻟﺩ ﻣﺟﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺎ ‪ .electric field‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﻌﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﺭﺗﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺷﻰء ﻋﻥ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺣﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻑ ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ Q=CV‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺣﻧﻪ ﺗﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻁﺭﺩﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺳﻣﻳﻪ ‪ .Capacitance C‬ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺳﻣﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻰ ‪ ,Permeability‬ﻭﻳﺭﻣﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻣﺯ ‪ .Ɛ‬ﻭﺃﻗﻝ ﺳﻣﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻳﻪ ‪ self-capacitance‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺳﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ‪.Stray capacitance‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺛﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻑ ﻭﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﻪ‬

‫‪45 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪Admittance‬‬

‫ﻫﻰ ﻣﻘﻠﻭﺏ ‪ Impedance‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 3-2‬ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ‪TL Circuits‬‬

‫‪ 3-2-1‬ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ ‪ ,short lines‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻫﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ‪ Impedance‬ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪ ,R+JX‬ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ R‬ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪ ,‬ﻭ ‪ X‬ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﺛﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ ﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.4-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-3‬ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ‬

‫‪46 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 3-2-2‬ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻫﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ 160-80‬ﻛﻡ ﻁﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪ T‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,5-3‬ﻭﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻝ ‪ Capacitance‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪ π‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,6-3‬ﻭﻗﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻔﻳﻥ )ﻛﻝ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺑﺿﻌﻑ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ Admittance‬ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪T-Model 5-3‬‬

‫‪47 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪π Model 6-3‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬

‫‪48 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

‫ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ‬3-2-3

‫ ﻛﻣﺎ‬distributed parameters ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‬,‫ ﻛﻡ‬160 ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
.7-3 ‫ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ‬7-3 ‫ﺷﻛﻝ‬

:‫ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻳﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‬,‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ‬

An overhead power line is one example of a transmission line. At power system

frequencies, many useful simplifications can be made for lines of typical lengths.
For analysis of power systems, the distributed resistance, series inductance, shunt

49 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

leakage resistance and shunt capacitance can be replaced with suitable lumped
values or simplified networks.

.‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ‬

50 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 3-3‬ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ‪ stray capacitance‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪Ferranti Effect 3-3-1‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺗﺷﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻳﻔﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻳﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺑﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺣﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺣﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻣﻌﻅﻣﻪ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﻭﻯ ‪capacitive‬‬
‫‪ .current‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.8-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Ferranti Effect 8-3‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﻌﻁﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻷﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﺿﻭﺣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-3-2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﺭ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﺻﺭ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﻧﺧﻔﺽ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻗﺻﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .9-3‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺅﺭﺿﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻔﺳﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺗﺟﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺻﻔﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪51 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ .10-3‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﻳﻌﻭﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺻﺭ ﻭﻳﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻘﻳﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﺑﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 11-3‬ﻷﻥ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺻﻔﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻋﻧﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻁﻝ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻯ ‪Line‬‬
‫‪.voltage‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺅﺭﺿﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ ﺗﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﻪ ‪ N‬ﺃﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﻪ ‪ G‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.12-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-3‬‬

‫‪52 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-3‬‬

‫‪ 3-3-3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻗﻔﺯ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺗﺭﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﻝ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﻛﺳﺭ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻭﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺷﺣﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻁﻝ ‪ .healthy phases‬ﺛﻡ ﻳﺳﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻟﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪.CB‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﻳﺩ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻳﻣﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﺩﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪Surge Impedance Loading (SIL) 3-4‬‬

‫ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻳﻭﻟﺩ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺳﺣﺏ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻳﻪ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪ ,‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ‬

‫‪53 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻫﻣﻳﻪ ‪ SIL‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺑﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ ,SIL‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﻌﻁﻰ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ‪ shunt capacitance‬ﻭﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ , SIL‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﺳﺣﺏ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ‪ .shunt reactor‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺑﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ‪ , SIL‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺣﺗﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻭ‪ ,‬ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺳﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻛﺏ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﻩ ﻟﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺩﺓ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺳﺗﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺳﺗﻘﻝ ﻭﺑﻧﺎءﺍ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻳﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺑﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﺍ ﻓﺭﺿﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻣﻬﻣﻠﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‪ ,13-3‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺗﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪ X/R‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺟﺯء ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺳﺗﺿﻳﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺿﻌﻳﻔﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪54 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-3‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳﺗﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪ ,‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻁﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ‪ FACTS‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻧﻪ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-5‬ﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪Reactive Loading Compensation‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﻬﻠﻙ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻭﻫﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﻪ )‪ Active power (KW‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﻟﺻﻭﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺧﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ )‪ Reactive power (KVAR‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻬﻠﻙ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪,‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺯﻩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪.KVA‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 14-3‬ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-3‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪ ,‬ﻧﺟﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ‪ power angle‬ﻭ ﺟﺗﺎ ‪ cos‬ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻳﺳﻣﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ‪ .power factor‬ﻭﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺻﻐﺭﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻧﺷﺄ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺛﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪55 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 3-6‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻧﻪ )‪Flexible AC transmission system (FACTS‬‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺗﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻫﻭ ﻟﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺳﻣﻰ ‪. power electronics system‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ)‪ , Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﻔﻳﺫ ‪ enhance‬ﻧﻘﻝ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺳﻳﻣﻧﺱ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ reliability of AC grids‬ﻭﻳﺣﺳﻥ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺄﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ .inductive or reactive power to grid‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-6-1‬ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ‪Shunt compensation‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ‪ FACTS‬ﻣﻊ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻭﻫﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺑﻣﻛﺛﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ‪Shunt capacitive compensation‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ‪ .power factor‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ‪ inductive load‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺳﺑﺑﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻷﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ capacitive reactive power source‬ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻣﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ‪Shunt inductive compensation‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺃﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﻔﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻟﻠﺣﻣﻝ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ‪ .Ferranti effect‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺿﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﺛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ‪ reactor‬ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭﻳﻪ ‪Theory‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺩ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻳﻛﻭﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .15-3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺟﻬﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ‪ ẟ‬ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ×‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻯ ﻧﻘﻁﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪Series compensation‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﺩﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪ ,line impedance‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ × ﺗﻘﻞ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ .apparent power‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪56 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ‪Shunt compensation‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻘﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Transmission with no loss‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪. ‬‬

‫‪Shunt compensation‬‬ ‫‪Series compensation.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪15-3‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺛﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Examples of series compensation‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪16-3‬‬

‫‪57 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

 Static synchronous series compensator (SSSC)

 Thyristor-controlled series capacitor (TCSC): a series capacitor bank is
shunted by a thyristor-controlled inductor reactor
 Thyristor-controlled series reactor (TCSR): a series reactor bank is shunted
by a thyristor-controlled reactor
 Thyristor-switched series capacitor (TSSC): a series capacitor bank is
shunted by a thyristor-switched reactor
 Thyristor-switched series reactor (TSSR): a series reactor bank is shunted by
a thyristor-switched reactor

Examples of shunt compensation ‫ﺃﻣﺛﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ‬

17-3 ‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬

17-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

Static VAR Compensator ‫ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﻪ‬3-6-2

1- Thyristor-controlled reactor (TCR): reactor is connected in series with a

bidirectional thyristor valve. The thyristor valve is phase-controlled. Equivalent
reactance is varied continuously.

2-Thyristor-switched reactor (TSR): Same as TCR but thyristor is either in zero- or full-
conduction. Equivalent reactance is varied in stepwise manner.

3-Thyristor-switched capacitor (TSC): capacitor is connected in series with a

bidirectional thyristor valve. Thyristor is either in zero- or full- conduction. Equivalent
reactance is varied in stepwise manner.

58 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪a. Mechanically-switched capacitor (MSC): capacitor is switched by circuit-‬‬

‫‪breaker. It aims at compensating steady state reactive power. It is‬‬
‫‪switched only a few times a day.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪18-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪18-3‬‬

‫‪ 3-6-3‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﻝ ‪STATCOM‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﻧﻰ ‪ Static Synchronous Compensator‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﺭ ﻟﻝ ‪ ,SVC‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ‪ Inverters‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻻ‬

‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻳﺭﺳﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻝ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻭﻋﺎ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪ ,Gate Turn Off, GTO‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ‪ Reactors‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﻧﺳﺗﻬﻠﻙ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪59 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ , 19-3‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺗﺟﻧﺎ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ Capacitive or Inductive‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻷﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ‪.Inverter‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪19-3‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ‪.Capacitive Reactive Power‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪Static Synchrounus Series Compensators SSSC‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 20-3‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ Z‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﻭﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪20-3‬‬

‫ﻣﻧﻅﻡ ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩ ‪Unified Power Flow Controllers UPFC‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺯﻯ ﻟﻳﺟﻣﻊ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﻳﻥ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.21-3‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-3‬‬

‫‪60 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Power Line Communication ‫ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬3-7

‫ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ‬,power-line carrier or PLC ‫ﻳﻁﻠﻖ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ ﻭﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻭﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻟﻸﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬.‫ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻪ‬,modulated carrier signal ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬.‫ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ‬
‫ ﻟﻸﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ‬100–200 kHz ‫ ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﻪ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﻪ ﻟﻸﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
few hundred bits per second ‫ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﻸﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﻣﻌﺩﻝ‬,‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
.shorter ranges ‫ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ‬,‫ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺩﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬.many miles long ‫ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﺗﻘﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻁ ﻵﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﺎﻗﻪ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
CVT ‫ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﻳﻪ‬power frequency ‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﻭﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻭﺑﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ‬,24 to 500 kHz ‫ ﻭﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﻥ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬. hundreds of watts
‫ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻣﻝ‬Wave traps ‫ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺳﻣﻳﻪ‬Filtering devices ‫ ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬.‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ‬carrier frequency current
.‫ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬

To sectionalize the transmission network and protect against failures, a “wave trap” is
connected in series with the power (transmission) line. They consist of one or more
sections of resonant circuits, which block the high frequency carrier waves (24 kHz to
500 kHz) and let power frequency current (50 Hz – 60 Hz) pass through. Wave traps
are used in switchyard of most power stations to prevent carrier from entering the
station equipment. Each wave trap has a lightning arrester to protect it from surge
voltages.

‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻷﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬shield wire ‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ‬
. insulators at the pylons ‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬fiber optic cables ‫ﻭﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻳﻑ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺑﺭ‬
.‫ ﻛﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ‬PLC ‫ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬.‫ﻟﻸﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬PLC ‫ﻭﻧﻅﺎﻡ‬
.110 kV, 220 kV, 400 kV

The modulation generally used in these system is amplitude modulation. The carrier
frequency range is used for audio signals, protection and a pilot frequency. The pilot
frequency is a signal in the audio range that is transmitted continuously for failure
detection.

The voice signal is compressed and filtered into the 300 Hz to 4000 Hz range, and this
audio frequency is mixed with the carrier frequency. The carrier frequency is again
filtered, amplified and transmitted. The transmission power of these HF carrier
frequencies will be in the range of 0 to +32 dbW. This range is set according to the
distance between substations.

Power-line carrier systems have long been a favorite at many utilities because it allows
them to reliably move data over an infrastructure that they control.

61 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

A PLC carrier repeating station is a facility, at which a power-line communication

(PLC) signal on a powerline is refreshed. Therefore the signal is filtered out from the
powerline, demodulated and modulated on a new carrier frequency, and then
reinjected onto the powerline again. As PLC signals can carry long distances (several
100 kilometers), such facilities only exist on very long power lines using PLC
equipment.

PLC is one of the technologies being used in Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
systems. PLC also may be a component of a Smart Grid.

Open Smart Grid Protocol (OSGP) is one of the most proven narrowband PLC
technologies and protocols for smart metering. There are more than five million smart
meters, based on OSGP and using BPSK PLC, installed and operating around the
World. The OSGP Alliance, a non-profit association originally established as ESNA in
2006, led an effort to establish a family of specifications published by the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) used in conjunction with the ISO/IEC
14908 control networking standard for smart grid applications. OSGP is optimized to
provide reliable and efficient delivery of command and control information for smart
meters, direct load control modules, solar panels, gateways, and other smart grid
devices. OSGP follows a modern, structured approach based on the OSI protocol
model to meet the evolving challenges of the smart grid.

At the physical layer, OSGP currently uses ETSI 103 908 as its technology standard.
At the OSGP application layer, ETSI TS 104 001 provides a table-oriented data
storage based, in part, on the ANSI C12.19 / MC12.19 / 2012 / IEEE Std 1377
standards for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables and ANSI C12.18 / MC12.18 /
IEEE Std 1701, for its services and payload encapsulation. This standard and
command system provides not only for smart meters and related data but also for
general purpose extension to other smart grid devices.

A project of EDF, France includes demand management, street lighting control,

remote metering and billing, customer specific tariff optimization, contract
management, expense estimation and gas applications safety.

There are also many specialized niche applications which use the mains supply within
the home as a convenient data link for telemetry. For example, in the UK and Europe
a TV audience monitoring system uses powerline communications as a convenient
data path between devices that monitor TV viewing activity in different rooms in a
home and a data concentrator which is connected to a telephone modem.

Transmitting radio programs

Sometimes PLC was used for transmitting radio programs over powerlines. When
operated in the AM radio band, it is known as a carrier current system.

62 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Standards organizations

Several competing organizations have developed specifications, including

the HomePlug Powerline Alliance, Universal Powerline Association (defunct) and HD-
PLC Alliance. On December 2008, the ITU-T adopted Recommendation G.hn/G.9960
as a standard for mobile networks high-speed powerline, coax and phoneline
communications. The National Energy Marketers Association (a US trade body) was
also involved in advocating for standards.

In July 2009, the IEEE Power line Communication Standards Committee approved its
draft standard for broadband over power lines. The IEEE 1901 final standard was
published on 1 February 2011, and included features from Home Plug and HD-PLC.
Power line communication via IEEE 1901 and IEEE 1905 compliant devices is
indicated by the nVoy certification all major vendors of such devices committed to in
2013. NIST has included IEEE 1901, HomePlug AV and ITU-T G.hn as “Additional
Standards Identified by NIST Subject to Further Review” for the Smart grid in the
United States. IEEE also came up with a low-frequency standard for long-distance
smart grids called IEEE 1901.2 in 2013.

‫ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬3-8

63 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 3-9‬ﺩﻣﺞ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﻩ ‪Integration of Renewable Energy‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﻩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪ Wind Power Plant‬ﻭ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺳﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ Solar Energy Plant‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ ﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺿﺭﻩ ﻭﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﻛﺯ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﻩ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﻩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﺳﺭﻉ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻣﺕ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Hitachi-ABB Power Grid‬ﺑﻌﻣﻝ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺳﻣﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪.Line Monitoring‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪Electromagnetic Field Sensor and Light Detection & Ranging Sensor (LiDAR).‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪. 22-3‬‬

‫‪The system measures critical line properties, such as motion, current, MWs, Vars, power‬‬
‫‪factor, and more. With the information, advanced analytics determine the conductor‬‬
‫‪temperature, tension, and full range of motion—including sag and blowout—all without‬‬
‫‪touching the lines.‬‬

‫‪LineVision can help utilities better understand overhead line health by continuously‬‬
‫‪monitoring the motion and clearance of conductors, as well as temperatures and other‬‬
‫‪parameters that affect dynamic load ratings. Courtesy: LineVision‬‬

‫‪LineVision systems have been deployed in North America, Europe, and Oceania. The‬‬
‫‪company was also recently selected to demonstrate its technology as part of the Electric‬‬
‫‪Power Research Institute’s (EPRI’s) Incubatenergy Labs Challenge.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻭء ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺗﻐﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻭء ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ,‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺃﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﺕ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻗﺩﻡ ‪ /‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ %40‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪Reactive power, Short circuit, Frequency stability‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ )‪Flexible AC transmission system (FACTS‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪64 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 23-3‬ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬

‫‪65 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬
‫‪Power Transmission with Underground Cables‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ) ‪( Chapter Contents ‬‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  4‐1‬‬
‫‪69‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  4‐2‬‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  4‐3‬‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻓﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬ ‫‪  4‐4‬‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪  4‐5‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪4‐6‬‬
‫‪86‬‬ ‫‪   4‐7‬ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪   4‐8‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪  87‬‬ ‫‪   4‐8‐1‬ﺗﻛﻧﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪   4‐9‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬

‫‪66 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 4-1‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Basics of Underground Electric Transmission‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺷﺭﺣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻠﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.1-4‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﺣﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻌﺏ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺃﺭﺧﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺳﻭﺍء ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-4‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Types of Underground Electric Transmission Cables‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪HPFF (High-Pressure Fluid Filled Pipe‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪HPGF (High-Pressure Gas Filled Pipe‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪SCFF (Self Contained Fluid Filled‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪XLPE (Solid Cable Cross-Linked Polyethylene‬‬

‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Installation of Underground Transmission Cables‬‬

‫ﻭﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪:2-4‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Row Clearing‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Blasting (or) Trenching‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Welding Pipe (or) Arranging‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Installation of Vault & Duct Bank‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Backfilling‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Installation of Cable‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Adding gas(or) Fluids‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Restoration of Location‬‬

‫‪67 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-4‬‬

‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Features of Underground Electric Transmission‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺷﺎء ‪ ,Construction‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﻝ ‪ corrosion‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﺃ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ‪ ,Installation‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﻧﺷــــﺄﺕ ﺧﺩﻣﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺻــــﺭﻑ ﻭﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻪ ﺻﺧﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺗﺻﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ,Heat Dissipation‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﻁﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺻــﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ ,Conductor Size‬ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺻــﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺻــﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺗﺷـﺎﻑ ﻭﺃﺻـﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ‪ ,Fault Repair and Recognition‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺻـﻌﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻛﺗﺷـﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭ ‪ ,Security of Public‬ﺣﻳـﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘـﻝ ﺍﻟﻁـﺎﻗـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻟﻛـﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿــــﻳـﻪ ﺃﻣـﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺋـﻪ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻣﻬﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﻘﺱ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻏﻖ ‪ ,Lightning Expulsion Effect‬ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺑﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ‪ ,Voltage Drop and Interference‬ﺍﻟﻬﺑﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻟﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺻــﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿــﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺻــﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿــﻳﻪ ﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻠﻳﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ,Life Span‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻰ ‪ ,Ecological Impact‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿـﻳﻪ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻓﺎﺋﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺻـﺣﻪ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺫﺍء ﻭﻻ ﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳـﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ,Use of Land‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﺩﻓﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺳـﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻓﺿـﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻯ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ ‪.Values of the Property‬‬

‫‪68 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﻳﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Advantages and Disadvantages of Underground Cables‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺗﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Less Damage from different weather conditions like winds, freezing,‬‬
‫‪lightning, cyclones, etc.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻌﺭﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪There is no risk of fire‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪The range of EMF (electromagnetic field) emission will be reduced into the‬‬
‫‪nearby area.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪The underground electric power transmission cable requires a small strip of‬‬
‫‪about 1 to 10 meters for installing.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻟﻰ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪These cables have less risk of theft and prohibited connections.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻌﺭﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﺳﺭﻗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪These cables are much protected.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻣﺣﻣﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺗﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻳﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Underground cables are very expensive.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪The repairing of these cables as well as finding faults can take many days.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪The locations of underground cables are not always noticeable, which can‬‬
‫‪lead to damage the cables.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﺗﻠﻑ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻳﺱ ﺩﺍﺋﻣﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ Operation of these cables are very difficult due to the high reactive power of‬‬
‫‪these cables generates high charging currents.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﻌﻭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ Underground cables are subjected to damage due to ground movement due to‬‬
‫‪earthquake.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺯﻻﺯﻝ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‬

‫‪ 4-2‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Types of Underground Cables‬‬

‫‪High-Pressure Fluid Filled Pipe (HPFF) -1‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-4‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﻣﺷﺗﻣﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻛﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻳﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﺯﻭﻝ ﺑﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺷﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻐﻁﻰ ﺑﺩﺭﻉ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ‪ ) Metal shield‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺎﺹ (‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻧﺯﻻﻗﻰ ‪ Skid wire‬ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻷﻧﺷﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺕ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺿﻐﻁ ‪ 200 PSI‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻯ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺳﺎﻛﻥ ﻭﻭﺳﻁ ﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻣﺑﺎﺕ ‪ pumping stations‬ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫‪69 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ﻳﺣﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﺣﻣﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ‪.Cathodic protection‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻓﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪HPFF Cable 3-4‬‬

‫‪Oil Filled Cable. This cable features concentric copper conductors insulated in kraft‬‬
‫‪paper. Shield on the individual phases is provided with interlaced carbon and zinc‬‬
‫‪tapes. Overall shield is also provided. Tubes facilitate oil movement provided by a‬‬
‫‪series of pumping plants. 150 mils of lead provide protection from moisture.‬‬

‫‪HPGF (High-Pressure Gas Filled Pipe) 2‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-4‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻳﺗﺭﻭﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ .HPFF‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺋﻰ‬

‫‪70 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ .Partial discharge‬ﻭﻟﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺳﻣﻛﺎ ﺑﺣﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ %20‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺯﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ .HPFF‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ HPGF‬ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪. HPFF‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-4‬ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪HPGF‬‬

‫‪Self-Contained, Fluid-Filled Pipe-Type (SCFF) -3‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻔﺭﻏﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻣﻠﻭءﻩ ﺑﺯﻳﺕ ﻋﺯﻝ ﻣﺿﻐﻭﻁ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺿﻐﻁ ‪ ,25-50 PSI‬ﻭﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﺧﺭ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺟﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻪ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﻌﺯﻭﻝ ﺑﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﺣﻣﻰ ﺏ‬
‫‪. lead-bronze or aluminum sheath and a plastic jacket‬‬

‫ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ‪ Partial discharge‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻭﻧﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻳﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪This type of construction reduces the risk of a total failure, but the construction costs‬‬
‫‪are much higher than the single pipe used to construct the HPFF or HPGF systems‬‬

‫‪Solid Cable, Cross-Linked Polyethylene XLPE -4‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻗﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,5-4‬ﻫﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ )‪ ,cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ XLPE‬ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺻﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﻣﻐﻁﻰ ﺑﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺷﺑﻪ ﻣﻭﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ Semiconductor layer‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪ Conductor shield‬ﻭ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ XLPE‬ﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻁﺑﻘﺔ ‪ insulation semiconductor shield‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ‬

‫‪71 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ .metallic sheath and plastic jacket‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﻠﺣﻪ ﺑﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ outer jacket‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ‪.PVC‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 5-4‬ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪XLPE‬‬

‫‪ 4-3‬ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Classification of Underground Cables‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪Number of conductors in the cable‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻳﻪ ‪ Multicore cables‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ 66‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻬﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪.Single Core Cables‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪Voltage rating of the cable‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪Cables have a maximum voltage rating 1000 V (1 kV‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Cables have a maximum voltage rating of 11 kV.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Cables have a maximum voltage rating of 33 kV.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Cables have a maximum voltage rating of 66 kV.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Cables are used for applications with voltage requirement above 132 kV.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺳﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪Type and thickness of insulation used‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﻩ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﻫﻰ‪Paper, PVC, Rubber‬‬
‫‪. XLPE (Cross linked Polyethene) ,‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺳﻣﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪Max. operating‬‬
‫‪Insulation material‬‬
‫‪temperature‬‬

‫‪PVC TYPE A‬‬ ‫‪75°C‬‬

‫‪PVC TYPE B‬‬ ‫‪85°C‬‬

‫‪72 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

PVC TYPE C 85°C

XLPE 90°C

RUBBER 90°C

RUBBER – EPR IE-2, EPR IE-3, EPR IE-4,

150°C
SILICON IE-5

Classification based upon Installation and Laying of the Cable ‫ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻓﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬4-4
: ‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﺭﺩ ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‬
 Direct Buried: As the name suggests, the conductors are buried
underground in a trench without additional accessories. Sometimes
cooling pipes are added if required. Once the cables are installed, there’s
no visible sign above the ground.
 ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
 Trough: Concrete troughs are dug and cables are installed in them.
They’re visible on the surface. Maintenance is easier.
 ‫ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺣﻭﺍﺽ ﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﺳﻬﻝ‬
 Tunnels: Sometimes, tunnels are dug up for this purpose. Such
construction is mainly employed if a river needs to be crossed or if the
intended power distribution is to a major city. Maintenance and future
expansion is easier, but initial cost is higher. Fig 4-6.
 ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺳﻌﻪ ﺃﺳﻬﻝ‬.‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﺑﻭﺭ ﻧﻬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻟﻣﺩﻳﻧﻪ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﻪ‬
 Gas Insulated Lines: This is a relatively new technology. For cables
operating at higher voltages and currents, and handling high power, such
gas insulated line construction is safer. It is being employed nowadays for
advanced projects.

Fig 4-6

73 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 4-5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Ancillary Facilities‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Footprint‬ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺭﺍﺩﻳﺏ ‪Vaults‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺻﻧﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﺩﻓﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺑﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 7-4‬ﻭ ‪ 8-4‬ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺑﻁ ‪Splicing‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﺍﺩﻳﺏ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺳﺑﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻭﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻓﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺋﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﺍﺩﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺭﻑ ﺗﻔﺗﻳﺵ‬
‫‪ ,Manholes‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﺍﺩﻳﺏ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻏﻁﻳﺔ ﻏﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺗﻳﺵ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺳﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-4‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-4‬‬
‫‪74 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ‪Transition Structures‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺧﻁ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﺭﺿﯨﻳﻪ ﻭﺧﻁ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 9-4‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪ ,‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﺑﻌﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ﻭﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﻪ ‪. Moisture‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-4‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ,10-4‬ﻗﺭﻳﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-4‬‬

‫‪75 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ‪Transition Station‬‬

‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 11-4‬ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ 345‬ﻙ‪.‬ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺧﻁ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻟﺧﻁ ﻫﻭﺍﺋﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 11-4‬ﻣﺣﻁﺔ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ‬

‫‪Pressurizing Source 4‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻳﻪ ‪ HPFF‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﺣﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻧﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻣﻠﻭء ﺑﺎﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻧﺎﻭﻟﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪,HPGF‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺳﻁﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﻧﻳﺗﺭﻭﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ‪ Regulator‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻷﻋﻁﺎء ﺃﻧﺫﺍﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺗﺭﻭﺟﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4-6‬ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Construction of Underground Transmission‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻳﻣﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪Right Of Way Construction Zone‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻭء ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺄﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ .Underground Utilities Existing‬ﻭﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻕ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺟﻧﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻛﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ Heavy Duty Conduits‬ﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻡ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪Cable route marking‬‬

‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺗﻁﻭﻳﻖ ‪ kerb‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻩ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪76 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻛﻝ ‪ 150‬ﻣﺗﺭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ‪ steel reinforced concrete post‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Cable route marker‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺣﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻧﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻔﺟﻳﺭ ‪Trenching and Blasting‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺭ ﻟﺧﻧﺩﻕ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 12-4‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺷﺄﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻁﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﺋﻖ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻟﺗﻔﺟﻳﺭ ﻷﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺳﺑﻖ ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻧﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﺷﺗﻣﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺧﻧﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪Cable Trench Design‬‬

‫ﺃ‪Jack and Bore -‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻧﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﻭﺣﻪ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺳﻛﻪ ﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﺷﺄﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺣﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﺭﻫﺎ ﻷﺳﺗﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﻪ ﻷﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻗﺏ‬

‫‪77 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ Auger‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺣﻔﺭ ﻓﺗﺣﻪ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﻭﺃﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻧﻭﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺭ ﻭﻛﻭﺭﻳﻙ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﺣﻪ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻔﺎﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Conduits‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﺣﻪ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﺣﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻟﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪XLPE‬‬

‫ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻓﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ Direct buried‬ﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 14-4 ,13-4‬ﻭ ‪ 15-4‬ﻭ ‪ 16-4‬ﻭ‪.17-4‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺩﻓﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻳﻪ ‪ .Concrete Ducts‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﺭ ﺧﻧﺩﻕ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ‪ .PVC‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﻓﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﺃﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ Conduits‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 1.5‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺧﻭﺍﺹ ﻗﻧﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ Heavy duty conduits‬ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﻯ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻠﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻓﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ‪ Trefoil‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻘﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 12-4‬ﻭﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪Trefoil installation‬‬ ‫‪Horizontal installation‬‬

‫‪Phase separation clearances‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-4‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻥ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪Depth of burial‬‬

‫ﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ‪ 1-4‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ‪Minimum required burial depth 1-4‬‬

‫‪78 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 13-4‬ﺃﻣﺛﻠﻪ ﻷﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻧﺩﻕ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪XLPE Conduit assembly 14-4‬‬

‫‪79 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪XLPE Duct Bank15-4‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪XLPE Underground Cable Directly Buried16-4‬‬

‫‪80 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Typical cable trench profile17-4‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻳﺭ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪HPFF, HPGF‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﺻﻠﺏ ‪ steel pipes‬ﻣﻠﺣﻭﻣﻪ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﺎﻡ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺧﻧﺩﻕ ﻣﺟﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻭﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺣﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﺷﻌﺔ ‪ ,X-rays‬ﻭﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﺃ ﺑﺗﻐﻁﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻁﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ‪ ,‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺗﺭﻭﺟﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺟﻔﻳﻔﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 18-4‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪.HPFF, HPGF‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪18-4‬‬

‫‪81 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪Cable Installation‬‬

‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻣﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ Duct Banks and Conduits‬ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ .mandrel and swab‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ‪ ,Transition Structure‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻫﻳﺋﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﺳﺭﺩﺍﺏ ‪ Vault‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.19-4‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ‪.2-4‬‬

‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ‪Maximum cable pulling tension 2-4‬‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻡ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﺗﻪ ‪Backfilling and Site Restoration‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻣﺗﺹ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻟﻳﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﺿﻣﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﻪ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺭﺩﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻟﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻐﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣﻖ ‪ 30‬ﺳﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ warning tape‬ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﻔﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ‬

‫‪82 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻡ‪ ,‬ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺭﻯ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.20-4‬‬

‫‪Cable Pulling 19-4‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Backfilling and Street Restoration 20-4‬‬

‫‪ -8‬ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Separation between endeavor Energy Power Cables‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪ ,‬ﻫﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ‪.21-4‬‬

‫‪83 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Minimum separation between power cables circuits 21-4‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.22-4‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Concrete encasement around assets 22-4‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻧﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﺗﻳﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺟﻧﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺭﻑ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺗﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ‪:3-4‬‬

‫‪84 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Required clearances to exist infrastructure 3-4 ‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ‬

Cable Joints ‫ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬-9

Connecting two high-voltage cables with one another poses two main problems. First,
the outer conducting layers in both cables must be terminated without causing a field
concentration, as with the making of a cable terminal. Secondly, a field-free space
must be created where the cut-down cable insulation and the connector of the two
conductors safely can be accommodated. These problems were solved by NKF
in Delft in 1965 by introducing a device called bi-manchet cuff.

As per below figure 4-23, a photograph of the cross-section of such a device. At one
side of this photograph the contours of ahigh-voltage cable are drawn.
Here red represents the conductor of that cable and blue the insulation of the cable.
The black parts in this picture are semiconducting rubber parts. The outer one is at
earth potential and spreads the electric field in a similar way as in a cable terminal.
The inner one is at high-voltage and shields the connector of the conductors from the
electric field.

Fig 4-23

.‫ﻭﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻭﻫﻰ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﻭﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩ‬

85 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪ ,‬ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻝ ‪ ,Joint bay and Link Box Earthing‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺗﺳﻠﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺳﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.24-4‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Earthing for single and midpoint bonded systems 24-4‬‬

‫‪ 4-7‬ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Underground Operating Consideration‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪Cable Repair‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻛﺷﻑ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻳﻪ ‪ HPFF‬ﻭﺃﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪.XLPE‬‬

‫‪86 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻳﻪ ‪Potential Fluid Leak‬‬

‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺗﻳﻳﻪ ﻳﻧﺟﻡ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻭﺙ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺻﻧﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﻁﻳﺭﻩ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺗﺭﻭﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪ ,HPGF‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﺃﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺳﺟﻳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﺍﺩﻳﺏ‬
‫‪ Vaults‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﻸﺻﻼﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﻪ ‪Electric and Magnetic Fields‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻳﺗﻼﺷﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﺟﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺋﻁ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺣﺎﺟﺯ ﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ‪ Magnetic Shield‬ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺃﻗﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻰ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﯨﻳﻪ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺭﻳﺑﻪ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻯ ﻟﺗﻼﺷﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﺟﻡ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺿﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ‪Heat‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻯ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ‪ 12‬ﻗﺩﻡ‪ ,‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻝ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4-8‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ‪Submarine Power Cables‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺳﻭﺍء ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻟﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺑﺣﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺑﺎﻩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺎﻟﺣﻪ ﻛﺎﻷﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﺣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 25-4‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺣﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4-8-1‬ﺗﻛﻧﻭﻟﻭﺟﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ‪Submarine cable technologies‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪:Conductor‬ﻭﺗﺻﻧﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺣﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻯ ﻣﺻﻣﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﺩﻭﻝ ‪ stranded conductor‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ‪ :Insulation‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻝ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺯﻝ ‪. XLPE‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪ : Armoring‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺳﻠﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺏ ﻣﻐﻁﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﺗﻭﻣﻳﻥ ﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﺃ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ‪:AC or DC‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﻳﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺃﻟﻰ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﻭﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺿﻝ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ HVDC‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺷﺑﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻷﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻣﻛﺛﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺳﺣﺏ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﻭﻫﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ ,‬ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ‪.Synchronization‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻁ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺣﺭﻯ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻡ‪ ,‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻡ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺃﻗﺗﺻﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺧﻁ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺣﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺣﺭﻯ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ 3 cores cable‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 25-4‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﻪ ‪ . Single core cables‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻳﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩﻫﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪ Co-axial Submarine Power Cable‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪.26-4‬‬

‫‪87 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 25-4‬ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺣﺭﻯ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪Co-axial Submarine Power Cable 26-4‬‬

‫‪88 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Submarine power cable inter-connector ‫ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ‬-5

‫ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁﻪ ﺑﺑﻌﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ‬offshore wind turbines ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺗﺭﺑﻳﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬27-4 ‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬
:‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‬

Cables are as central to offshore-to-shore power transmission as they are on land. All
of those wind turbines are connected by submarine cables. Smaller cables run from
each turbine to an offshore substation, the power is then transported over a higher
capacity export cable to an onshore grid connection.

The type of cable used will depend primarily on the distance from the shore. Many of
the earlier inshore wind farms use AC export cables, whereas the larger wind farms
further offshore will move to using HVDC cables.

Offshore wind turbines farm 27-4 ‫ﺷﻛﻝ‬

Submarine Power Cables and Supply Security ‫ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭ‬-6

‫ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺩﺩﻩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬Load demand ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﺣﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‬
‫ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺭﺑﻁ‬.‫ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﻪ ﺃﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻘﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻟﺩﻩ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺃﻯ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬27-4 ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬
.‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺣﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﺻﺩﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ‬

Submarine Power Cable Installation ‫ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ‬-7

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺩﻓﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺟﻧﺑﺎ ﻷﻯ ﺗﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻏﺎﻁﺱ‬
.Cable plough ‫ ﻭﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﻩ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺃﻓﺿﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺣﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻔﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺩ‬

The cable is fed out of the rear of the ship and onto a plough that is towed, either by
the cable ship or another ship following behind. The plough lifts a furrow of the seabed
and the cable slides into this furrow, then after the plough passes the part of the
seabed that was lifted, it is returned back to the seabed on top of the cable.

:‫ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ‬,‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺩﻓﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬

polyurethane or concrete

.‫ﻭﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺣﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‬

89 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺗﻠﻔﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ‪Damage of Submarine Cables‬‬

‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻥ ﻭﺳﻔﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺩ ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻭﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺳﻔﻥ ﻭﺳﻔﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺩ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺩ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺃﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ‪Repairing of Submarine Cables‬‬

‫ﺃﺻﻼﺡ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻯ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻁﻭﻳﻝ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻯ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻌﺗﻳﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺣﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺃﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10‬ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻪ ‪Submarine Cables and Environment‬‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺃﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﺃﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻓﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻣﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4-9‬ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ‪Underground Cables Test‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺗﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺧﻁﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺗﻳﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻭﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺟﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﻩ‪ ,‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻅﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ ﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻧﺑﻌﺙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺏ ‪.Fire retardation‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻧﺗﻘﻝ ﺷﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺏ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪.Flame resistance‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻷﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻧﺑﻌﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻣﻪ ‪. Low smoke‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺟﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻡ ‪ 1000‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ‪ DC‬ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻭ ‪ 5000‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ ‪ DC‬ﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺟﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .28-4‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ‪Power frequency‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﺟﺩﺍ ‪.VLF Very Low Frequency‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ‪.Impulse test BIL‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭﻳﻪ ‪ Continuity test‬ﻭﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ‪Phase sequence‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪.test‬‬

‫‪90 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 28-4‬ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺟﺭ‬

‫‪91 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬
‫‪HV Transmission Line for Electrical Power Design Principles‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ) ‪( Chapter Contents ‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪  ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﺑﻪ‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬ ‫‪  5‐1‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ‬ ‫‪  5‐2‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﻳﻡ‬ ‫‪  5‐3‬‬
‫‪94‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫‪  5‐4‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ‬ ‫‪  5‐5‬‬
‫‪96‬‬ ‫ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ‬ ‫‪5‐6‬‬
‫‪96‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ‬ ‫‪  5‐7‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺩ‬ ‫‪  5‐8‬‬
‫‪110‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎ ‪  ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬

‫‪92 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺋﻳﻪ ‪Overhead Transmission Lines‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬

‫‪ 5-1‬ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺗﺗﻠﺧﺹ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﻪ ‪ International Standard‬ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻪ‪. Personal and General Safety‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ ‪.Ease Operation and Maintenance‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ‪Reliability and continuity of power supply‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﺃﺿﻁﺭﺍﺏ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺑﻛﻪ ﻋﻘﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻁﻝ‪. Minimum Disruption following Fault‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ 5-2‬ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ‪Design Parameters‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺗﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻭﻁﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺧﻳﻪ ) ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺳﺭﻋﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ‪ ,‬ﻛﺛﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺩﻳﻪ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻭﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻳﺑﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺣﻣﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺛﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺯﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ 5-3‬ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻳﻪ ‪Design Shop Drawings‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻳﻪ ﻷﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻭﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻣﺷﺗﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Stringing and sagging tables‬ﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺗﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻫﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﻧﺷﺎء ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻁ ﺳﻛﻪ ﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺑﺭ ﻣﻣﺭ ﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪93 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪Design Loading Capacity with Load factors‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ 5-4‬ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪Operational Requirements‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﻘﺩﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﻧﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪94 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 5-5‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ‪Electrical Design‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ‪ Electrical Clearances‬ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻼﺕ ‪Transpositions‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ‪ Earthing‬ﻭﻳﺷﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ‪Earthing safety‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻩ ﻭﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻳﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺭﺑﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ‪ Electric and Magnetic Field‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺛﻳﻪ ‪Induction‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﻭﺭ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻭﻟﺩ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺣﺛﻰ ﺧﻁﻳﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻳﻁﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻁ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻳﺏ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﻭﺍﺭ ﺣﺩﻳﺩﻳﻪ ﻭﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ‪ Vibration‬ﻭﻋﻼﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪95 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ 5-6‬ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ‪Structural Design‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ‪General requirements‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﻭﻟﻪ ﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻷﻧﺷﺎء‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺗﺄﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻭء ﺃﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻣﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ‪Wind Loading‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻭﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ‪Structure and design‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ‪Footing design‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻳﺳﺗﻠﺯﻡ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺃﺑﺣﺎﺙ ﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺧﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻟﻠﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻭﺯﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ‪Prototype and testing‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻣﺕ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻣﻳﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺑﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻗﺗﻧﺎﻉ ﺑﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺗﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﻭﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪Fauna Consideration‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻳﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻛﻠﺑﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻳﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻰ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻳﻭﺭ ﺑﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﻖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5-7‬ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻰ ﻳﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪Conductor Configuration‬‬

‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺭﻫﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫‪.1-5‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﻪ ﺗﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺳﺏ ﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺳﺏ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ‪Conductor Spacing‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻛﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﻪ ﻣﻌﺗﺑﺭﻩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺟﻭ ﻭﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬

‫‪96 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻑ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﻪ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺩﻯ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﻪ ‪ empirical formula‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻣﻧﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪  Spacing = √S + (V/150) meters‬‬

‫‪  where S is sag in meters and V is line voltage in kV.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 1-5‬ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪Conductor Clearances‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪97 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺃﻁﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﻁ ‪Span Lengths of Transmission Lines‬‬

‫ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﺣﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ ﻣﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﻷﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻗﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺳﻣﺎﺡ ﻷﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﻭﺃﺭﺗﺧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪ Conductor Sag‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺃﺯﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﻳﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻫﻰ ﺃﺿﻌﻑ ﺟﺯء ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻓﻌﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻁﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻟﻧﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻭﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺳﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ‪.Line reliability‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪a) With wooden poles: 40-50 m.‬‬

‫‪(b) With steel tubular poles: 50-80 m.‬‬

‫‪(c) With RCC poles: 80-200 m‬‬

‫‪(d) With steel towers: 200-400 m and above.‬‬

‫‪For river-crossings, etc. exceptionally long spans up to 800 m or so have been‬‬

‫‪satisfactorily employed.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺑﺣﺭ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺷﺩ ‪Sag and Tension of Transmission Lines‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻳﺎﻛﻝ ﻣﻳﻛﺎﻧﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﺃﺯﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺎﺩ ‪ strength‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﻧﻬﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺃﺳﻭﺃ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻖ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻣﺗﻣﺛﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻭﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺟﻳﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻷﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺗﺅﺩﻯ ﻷﻧﻬﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﺗﺣﻣﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺃﺧﺫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻌﺩﻯ ‪ %50‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﺗﺣﻣﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻧﻛﻣﺎﺵ ﻟﻠﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻭﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻗﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺩ ﻭﻳﻘﻝ ﺃﺭﺗﺧﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪ .sag‬ﻭﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻳﺩ ﻭﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻣﺩﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﺣﻛﻭﻣﻪ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ ﺷﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬
‫‪.The conductor Stretching of‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺃﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺧﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ‪Conductor Sag‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﻝ ﻧﻘﻁﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺑﺣﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﺗﻳﻧﻪ ‪.Parabola‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﻼﻥ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺗﻬﻡ ﻭﺗﺣﻠﻳﻠﻬﻡ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺷﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺣﻧﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻫﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺃﻗﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺭﺍﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ‪ Sag‬ﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪S = wL2/T‬‬

‫‪where w = weight of conductor in kg per meter length,‬‬

‫‪L = length of the span in meters, and T = tension in the conductor in kg‬‬

‫‪98 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Calculation of Sag and Tension ‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪ‬5-8

.same level ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬

Consider a portion OP of a curved length l of a wire hanging in still air with O as the
lowest point on the wire [Fig. 10.2 (a)]. Let the weight of conductor per meter length
be w kg.

If T0 is the tension at point O (lowest point on the wire and where the curve is
horizontal) and T the tension at point P (distant I from the lowest point O), the portion
OP (length I) is in equilibrium under the action of three forces, namely T0, T and the
weight of the wire of length I acting vertically downward through center of gravity, wl.

The above three forces can be represented by a triangle shown in Fig. 10.2 (b) and
from this triangle,

Tan θ = wl/T0 … (10.2)

The horizontal and vertical distances of the length OP of the wire are x and y
respectively, since the coordinates of the point P are (x, y).

Now from triangle shown in Fig. 10.2 (c),

Integrating both sides, we get:

99 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

From initial conditions, i.e. when x = 0, I = 0, we get C = 0 and Eq. (10.7) becomes,

Integrating both sides

Equation (10.13) is the equation of the curve, called the catenary.

The function cosh is the hyperbolic cosine and is such that,

  If the fourth and higher order terms are neglected,

100 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

From Fig. 10.2(b) the tension T at point P is given by:

If the line is supported between two points A and B at the same level and the length
of the span is L, then at the supports x = ± L/2 and

T = T0 cosh wL/2T0 … (10.16)

The sag S is the value of y at A or B and is given by:

  Length of line in a half span

Neglecting terms of order exceeding cube we have,

The maximum tension occurs when x = L/2 so maximum tension is given as:

101 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Tmax = T0 + wS … (10.21)

For very small sags the term wS may be neglected in comparison with T0, and the
tension is considered approximately uniform throughout the conductor.

Approximate Formulae:

The sag could also be very simply deduced as follows

Consider a conductor suspended between two, equal level supports A and B. The
conductor is assumed to be flexible and sags below the level AB due to its own weight.
Though the exact shape of the conductor is that of a catenary but except for lines with
very long span and large sag, it is sufficiently accurate to assume that the shape of
the hanging conductor is that of a parabola y = ax2 where a is a constant for a given
conductor and O is the origin. The curve at point O, being the lowest one, will be
horizontal.

Let the length of span (i.e. horizontal distance between supports) be L metres, weight
of conductor per metre length be w kg and tension in the conductor be T kg.

Assuming curvature very small, the length of conductor hanging between two
supports may be taken equal to the length of span and maximum sag may be
considered at half span length with equi-level supports.

Consider x meter length of conductor between mid-point O and point N.

The two external forces acting on the portion ON of the conductor are:

(i)The tension T acting at point O, and

(ii) The weight of the conductor of x meters length i.e. wx acting at x/2 meters from
point N.

Equating the moments of the above two forces about point N we get,

102 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Supports at Different Levels:

When transmission lines are run on steep inclines, as in case of hilly areas, the two
supports A and B will be at different levels. The shape of the conductor strung between
the supports may be assumed to be a part of the parabola. In this case, the lowest
point of the conductor will not lie in the middle of the span.

Consider an overhead line conductor AOB, supported over the supports A and B, as
illustrated in Fig. 10.4.

Let the difference in levels between the two supports be h and the lowest point O of
the conductor be at a distance of x meters from the support at low level.

So, distance of O from higher level support = (L – x) meters

From Eq. (10.24)

S1 = wx2/2T … (10.26)

and S2 = w (L – x)2/2T … (10.27)

Difference in two levels of supports,

103 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Effect of Ice:

In areas where it becomes too cold in winter, there is a possibility of formation of an

ice coating on the line conductors. The formation of an ice coating on a line conductor
has a twofold effect—increase in weight and effective diameter of the conductor.

In this condition the weight of conductor, together with weight of ice acts vertically
downwards.

Thus, the total vertical weight acting on the conductor per meter length is wc + wi where
wc is the weight of conductor in kg per meter length and wi is the weight of ice coating
per meter length, wc is known and wi is determined as follows:

Let the diameter of conductor be D meters and radial thickness of ice coating is r
meter, as illustrated in Fig. 10.5. The overall diameter of ice-covered conductor, as
obvious from Fig. 10.5, becomes equal to (D + 2r) meter.

Volume of ice coating per meter length of conductor = π/4 [(D + 2r)2 – D2]

= π/4 [4Dr + 4r2] = r (D + r) m3

The density of ice is approximately 920 kg per m3, so

The weight of ice coating per meter length, wi = 920 × r (D + r) kg

= 2,890.3 r (D + r) kg/m … (10.29)

Combined Effect of Wind and Ice:

104 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Due to weight of ice deposits on the line, and the wind pressure, the mechanical stress
increases in the conductor and, therefore, the line must be designed to withstand these
stresses and tensions. Under this condition, the weight of the conductor, together with
weight of ice acts vertically downwards while the wind loading ww acts horizontally.

Resultant weight per metre length of conductor including ice coating and wind force,

where ww = Wind force in kg per meter length

= Wind pressure per m of projected area × projected area per metre length

= p × (D + 2r) … (10.31)

∴ Maximum sag = wr L2/8 T … (10.32)

When the ice and wind are acting simultaneously, the lowest point of the conductor
does not remain vertically down but away from it at an angle θ given by the expression,

The sag calculated from Eq. (10.32) will not be vertical sag but will be slant sag and
vertical sag will be obtained by multiplying the slant sag with cos θ,

Stringing Chart of Transmission Lines:

Under statutory conditions, the sag is required to be determined for worst probable
conditions and the minimum ground clearance is to be maintained for these conditions.
At the time of erection the severe conditions do not prevail, the temperature is usually

105 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

higher, the designer, therefore, should know the sag to be allowed and the tension in
the line to be allowed, so that under no condition there should be any danger to the
line.

Stringing chart is helpful in knowing the sag and tension at any temperature. This chart
gives the data for sag to be allowed and the tension to be allowed at a particular
temperature.

For preparation of stringing or sag chart first of all calculate the sag and tension on the
conductor under the worst conditions i.e. maximum wind pressure and minimum
temperature, assuming a suitable factor of safety in fixing the maximum working
tension for the conductor. Now evaluate the sag and tension for a series of
temperatures in steps within the working range of temperatures.

The equation for determining stringing chart of a line is derived as below:

Let w1, f1, l1, S1 and t1 be the load per unit length, the stress, the span length, sag and
temperature at the maximum load conditions (with the ice and wind and low
temperature usually – 5.5°); w2, f2, l2, S2 and t2 be the values under stringing
conditions, a is the area of x-section of the conductor, α is the coefficient of linear
expansion and E is the modulus of elasticity.

The span length at maximum load condition is:

The temperature rise from t1 to t2 causes an increase in the span length of l1α (t2 – t1)
which is practically equal to l1α (t2 – t1). The fall in stress from f1 to f2 causes a decrease

in the length of

The new length l2 is thus given by:

106 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

Equation (10.39) is a cubic equation and can be solved graphically or analytically.

From this equation erection tension T1 = f1a can be determined such that tension T2 –
f2a under worst probable conditions will not exceed the safe limit of tension.

After determining f2, the corresponding sag can be determined from the equation:

Various values of f2 and S2 are calculated using Eqs. (10.39) and (10.40) repeatedly
for different temperatures. Now the graph of tension vs temperature and sag vs
temperature can be plotted, as shown in Fig. 10.19. This graph is plotted for a fixed
span and is called the stringing chart. The stringing chart is very useful while erecting
the transmission line conductors for adjusting the sag and tension properly.

Sag Template of Transmission Lines:

In the initial planning stages a survey of the proposed route enables an estimated line
profile to be drawn, as illustrated in Fig. 10.11(a). Such a profile is constructed with
the horizontal scale much more reduced (say to 1/10) in comparison to vertical scale.
This profile should meet the minimum clearance requirements, and the location of the
supports should be such that some horizontal adjustment is possible without departing
from the standard or tangent tower lengths.

Use is made of sag templates drawn to the same scale as the line profile, to ensure
the required clearance. The sag template is usually made on celluloid or tracing cloth.
In sag template, shown in Fig. 10.11(b), the upper curve I represent the conductor line.

107 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

The middle curve (i.e. curve II) is below the upper curve I by a uniform vertical distance
equal to the desired minimum vertical clearance to ground.

This clearance to ground is governed by the operating voltage and is given, according
to IE rules, in Table 10.2. The lower curve (curve III) is below the upper curve by a
uniform vertical distance equal to the height of a standard tower measured to the point
of support of the conductor.

If the location of the left tower has been decided, the location of the right hand tower
can be determined by adjusting the sag template so that the conductor line passes
through the point of support on the left hand tower and the clearance line is tangent to
ground at one or more points.

In the above particular case, illustrated the points of conductor support are upon the
same horizontal level, but the same process applies when the route is a steeply sloping
one. However, the shape and position of the conductor will always be represented by
curve I, as shown in Fig. 10.11(b).

Sag template is very a convenient method for allocating the positions and height of the
towers/supports correctly on the profile.

Equivalent Span of Transmission Lines:

It may not be possible to have a section of transmission line consisting of successive

spans of equal lengths because the location of the towers depends upon the profile of
land along which the transmission line is to be laid. Sometimes also, the towers are
forced to be located to give spans of different lengths so that minimum interference is
caused with the use of land. When the successive spans are of unequal lengths
changes in tension in load or temperature will cause unequal changes in tension in the
different spans.

It is very tedious to make calculations of sag and tension for each and every span
individually and then to make adjustment while erecting the transmission line. In the
erection of a transmission line the conductors are run out through snatch blocks
attached to the support arms equally tensioned at each end of a section of five or six
blocks. When the conductors are clamped to suspension insulator strings, the equal
tension is maintained by insulator swing. When the conductors are bound to pin-type
insulators, the flexibility of the supports ensures equal tension.

It is often convenient to make sag and tension calculations in terms of a hypothetical

equivalent span, this tension being applied to each span within the section of overhead
line between the tensioning points. If there are n spans of length L1, L2, L3, etc. which
are to be given an equivalent span Le, then the strung length of the equivalent line
must be the same as that of the individual spans.

This may be expressed as:

108 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

If the line tension T0 is determined for the equivalent span, the sag for the individual
spans may be calculated from Eqs. (10.17) using the approximate value of span.

It is to be noted that the method of sag template for locating the towers should not be
used for long spans as well as where the slope of the profile is very steep. In such
cases, actual calculations for sag and tension should be made.

Vibrations and Dampers in Transmission Lines:

The overhead transmission line experiences vibrations in the vertical plane and there
are two types of such vibrations, in addition to normal swinging in wind, called the
aeoline vibrations or resonant vibrations or high frequency oscillations and galloping
or dancing or low frequency vibrations.

Simple swinging of conductors is harmless provided the clearance is sufficiently large

so that the conductors do not approach within the sparking distance of each other.

Aeoline vibrations are high frequency (5-100 Hz) and low amplitude (20 mm to 50 mm)
vibrations. They are caused by vortex phenomenon in light winds (5-20 km/hour). The
line conductor vibrates in a number of loops.

The length of the loop (half-wave length) depends on tension T and weight of

conductor w per meter length and is given by . The loop length varies from 1 to
10 meters depending upon T, w and f. These vibrations are common to all conductors
and are more or less always present. The harmful effects of such vibrations take place
at clamps or supports where the conductor suffers fatigue and breaks eventually.

Low frequency vibrations (about one Hz) occur during sleet storms with a strong wind.
The amplitude is very large, about 6 metres or more, and the conductors are said to
‘dance’. Operation is almost impossible for the conductors touch one another, since
the ‘dancing’ takes place horizontally and vertically.

It is considered that the phenomenon takes place due to the fact that the line conductor
receives an irregular coating of sleet. If the cross-section of the coating is considered
to be an ellipse, the line will experience a drag; furthermore, if the major axis of an
ellipse makes an angle of 45° to the wind, there will be a considerable aerodynamic
lift (or downward thrust) such as is experienced by an aero foil.

The conductor will thus dance horizontally and vertically with large amplitude and in
an irregular manner owing to the irregular deposition of sleet. The stranding of

109 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

conductors also contributes to these vibrations. The travel of conductor follows the
path of an ellipse. There is no method for prevention of these (low-frequency)
vibrations. However, danger due to such vibrations can be reduced if horizontal
conductor configuration is used.

The conductors are protected by dampers which prevent the resonant vibrations from
reaching the conductors at the clamps or supports.

The stock bridge damper, consists of two weights attached to a piece of stranded cable
0.3 or 0.5 m long, which is clamped to the line conductor. The energy of vibration is
absorbed by the stranded cable, and the vibration is rapidly damped out.

Another successful damper consists of a box containing a weight resting on a spring.

In this case the spring absorbs the energy of vibration. The fatigue may be reduced
by reinforcing the conductor for a few meters on either side of the clamp by binding
metal rods or a length of the same conductor to the main conductor outside the clamp.

Underground Transmission Lines ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬ ‫ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬:‫ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎ‬

:‫ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‬

.Rated voltage and maximum operating voltage ‫ﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺟﻬﺩ‬ 
. XLPE ‫ ﻭ‬HPGF ‫ﻭ‬HPFF ‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻰ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ‬ 
. Single core or multicores ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ‬ 
:‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻪ‬Cable cross section ‫ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬ 
Thermal calculation .1
Voltage drop calculation .2
Short Circuit calculation .3

.‫ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻧﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻝ‬

‫ ﺃﻧﺷﺎء ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ( ﻷﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ‬4-6 ) ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺃﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
.‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻳﻪ‬

110 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﻪ‬

.‫ﺩ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﻼﻧﻰ‬.‫ ﻫﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ – ﺃ‬-1

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻧﺑﻳﻪ‬

1- Guarnieri, M. (2013). "The Beginning of Electric Energy Transmission: Part

One". IEEE Industrial Electronics Magazine. 7 (1): 57-60.
Doi:10.1109/MIE.2012.2236484.
2- Guarnieri, M. (2013). "The Beginning of Electric Energy Transmission: Part
Two". IEEE Industrial Electronics Magazine. 7 (2): 52–
59. doi:10.1109/MIE.2013.2256297.
3- Argersinger, R.E. (1915). "Electric Transmission of Power". General Electric
Review. XVIII: 454.
4- Kiessling F, Nefzger P, Nolasco JF, Kaintzyk U. (2003). Overhead power
lines. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, p. 5
5- Paris, L.; Zini, G.; Valtorta, M.; Manzoni, G.; Invernizzi, A.; De Franco, N.; Vian,
A. (1984). "Present Limits of Very Long-Distance Transmission
Systems" (PDF). CIGRE International Conference on Large High Voltage
Electric Systems, 1984 Session, 29 August – 6 September. Global Energy
Network Institute. Retrieved 29 March 2011. 4.98 MB
6- California Public Utilities Commission Corona and induced currents.
7- Curt Harting (October 24, 2010). "AC Transmission Line Losses". Stanford
University. Retrieved June 10, 2019.
8- Guarnieri, M. (2013). "The Alternating Evolution of DC Power
Transmission". IEEE Industrial Electronics Magazine. 7 (3): 60–
63. doi:10.1109/MIE.2013.2272238.
9- Proposed terms and definitions for flexible AC transmission system(FACTS),
IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery, Volume 12, Issue 4, October 1997,
pp. 1848–1853. doi:10.1109/61.634216
10- Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) - Siemens
11- Narain G. Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi Understanding FACTS: Concepts and
Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press,
December 1999. ISBN 978-0-7803-3455-7
12- Xiao-Ping Zhang, Christian Rehtanz, Bikash Pal, Flexible AC Transmission
Systems: Modelling and Control, 2nd Edition, Springer, Feb 2012, ISBN 978-3-
642-28240-9
13- A. Edris, R. Adapa, M.H. Baker, L. Bohmann, K. Clark, K. Habashi, L. Gyugyi,
J. Lemay, A. Mehraban, A.K. Myers, J. Reeve, F. Sener, D.R. Torgerson, R.R.
Wood, Proposed Terms and Definitions for Flexible AC Transmission System
(FACTS), IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery, Vol. 12, No. 4, October 1997.
14- Gönen, T. (2014). Electrical Power Transmission System Engineering: Analysis
and Design (3rd ed.). CRC Press. ISBN 9781482232233.
15- Dostert, K (1997). "Telecommunications over the Power Distribution Grid-
Possibilities and Limitations" (PDF). Proc 1997 Internet Symp. On Power Line
Comms and Its Applications: 1–9.

111 
 
 ‫ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬.‫ ﺩ‬- ‫ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‬ 

16- Duval, G. "Applications of power-line carrier at Electricite de France". Proc 1997

Internet Symp. On Power Line Comms and Its Applications: 76–80.
17- Jump up to:a b IEEE P1901.2. "IEEE 1901.2-2013 - IEEE Standard for Low-
Frequency (less than 500 kHz) Narrowband Power Line Communications for
Smart Grid Applications". Retrieved 23 December 2013.
18‐"Service experience with single wire earth return distribution systems in central
Queensland". 7th CEPSI conference. Brisbane, Australia, 15–22 October 1988. 
19- AS1222.1-1992, Steels and Stays, Bare Overhead, Galvanized Archived 30
March 2012 at the Way back Machine.
20- IEC 60888 Ed. 1.0 Zinc-coated steel wires for stranded conductors Archived 30
March 2012 at the Way back Machine.

‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﺳﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻳﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﺣﻣﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻡ ﺑﺣﻣﺩ ﷲ ﻭﺑﺗﻭﻓﻳﻖ ﻣﻥ ﷲ‬  

112 
 
 ‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻯ ﺣﻣﺩﻯ ﻣﺧﻣﺩ ﻫﺎﺷﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺩ‬

‫ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺎﻟﻭﺭﻳﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﻳﻥ ﺷﻣﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺟﺳﺗﻳﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺟﺳﺗﻳﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﺑﻥ ﺑﺄﻣﺭﻳﻛﺎ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻧﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﺟﻠﺗﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﺑﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺷﺭﻳﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﺕ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﻡ ﻣﺩﻳﺭﺍ ﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺑﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻣﻳﻪ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﺭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ ABB‬ﺍﻷﻟﻣﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻳﻙ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻳﻁﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻭﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻟﺳﺗﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻧﺳﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺗﺭﺓ ﻋﻣﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﺕ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻋﺷﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻬﻧﺩﺳﺎ ﺃﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ﺃﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻧﺩﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻡ ﺑﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﻣﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻛﺗﻭﺭ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﻭﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻪ ﻟﻸﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻧﺩﺳﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺻﺭ ﻭﻗﻁﺭ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﻭﺩﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺷﺭﻓﺕ ﺑﺄﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻓﺿﻝ ﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻛﺗﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻣﻳﺯﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪113 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬